Commit graph

4453 commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Jouni Malinen
3188aabaf1 Add shared periodic cleanup function for AP mode
This new mechanism can be used to combine multiple periodic AP
(including P2P GO) task into a single eloop timeout to minimize number
of wakeups for the process. hostapd gets its own periodic caller and
wpa_supplicant uses the previously added timer to trigger these calls.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-20 13:33:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8c0d0ff22e Use a single cleanup timer per wpa_supplicant process
Previously, one timeout per process (by default every 30 seconds) was
used P2P peer expiration and another per-interface timeout (every 10
seconds) was used to expire BSS entries. Merge these to a single
per-process timeout that triggers every 10 seconds to minimize number of
process wakeups due to periodic operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-20 13:28:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a0f04da517 FST: Mark get_mb_ie() return value const
The caller is not expected to free or modify the value since this is
returning a reference to a buffer maintained by the upper layer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-18 17:23:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b7a07937ee FST: Show FST IE update details in debug log
This makes it more convenient to debug FST IE updates.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-17 16:29:20 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
daae49955f Add global wpa_supplicant DUP_NETWORK command
This command allows network variables to be copied from one network to
another when the networks belong to different radios. This is similar to
the per-interface DUP_NETWORK command. On the global control interface,
the command syntax is as follows:

DUP_NETWORK <src ifname> <dst ifname> <src network id> <dst network id> <variable name>

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:16 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
a8dab08a28 FST: Testing support
This patch introduces infrastructure needed for FST module tests.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:16 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
79c7b36d12 FST: wpa_supplicant build rules
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
3794af2dc1 FST: wpa_supplicant control interface
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
9fbfd1b0d4 FST: Send FST Action frame for processing (wpa_supplicant)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
b36a3a65aa FST: Integration into wpa_supplicant
This commit integrates the FST into the wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
55de4d4ba3 FST: wpa_supplicant [FST] flag for BSS in scan results
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
76ca15b7db FST: wpa_supplicant configuration parameters
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
ee1e3f57b5 hostapd: Global control interface notifications
This commit implements hostapd global control interface notifications
infrastructure. hostapd global control interface clients issue
ATTACH/DETACH commands to register and deregister with hostapd
correspondingly - the same way as for any other hostapd/wpa_supplicant
control interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 12:33:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5650d379a3 OpenSSL: Add option to disable use of TLSv1.0
The new phase1 config parameter value tls_disable_tlsv1_0=1 can now be
used to disable use of TLSv1.0 for a network configuration. This can be
used to force a newer TLS version to be used. For example,
phase1="tls_disable_tlsv1_0=1 tls_disable_tlsv1_1=1" would indicate that
only TLS v1.2 is accepted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-08 19:27:57 +03:00
Hahn, Maital
aa517ae227 wpa_supplicant: Fix a typo in wpa_scan_result_compar()
A typo in wpa_scan_result_compar() caused wrong scan results sorting
(and wrong roaming decision). This fixes a copy-paste regression
introduced by commit a1b790eb9d ('Select
AP based on estimated maximum throughput').

Signed-off-by: Maital Hahn <maitalm@ti.com>
2015-07-08 16:52:42 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
5cc6ec0f68 P2PS: Set intended interface address correctly for new group
If a device may be an explicit GO, it adds the GO details in the PD
Request. First, we try to reuse an active GO. If it is not present, we
try to reuse a non-active persistent group. In the latter case, if a
dedicated P2P interface is needed, the intended address should be that
of the pending interface. However, the wpas_get_go_info() provided the
ssid->bssid address, which is the address of the P2P device. This might
result in an incorrect intended interface attribute in the PD Request in
case a separate group interface is used.

Fix this by setting group_iface variable to true only if a dedicated
interface should be used and set the attribute accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 20:57:07 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
1f14e2bf92 P2PS: Add PD Response validation
Validate the PD Response frame contents more thoroughly when it is used
for P2PS.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 20:52:38 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
1f1a08b4cc P2PS: Add intended iface address during PD for persistent group
When persistent group is used and the peer is GO in this group,
intended interface attribute should be added to PD request/response.
Not doing so violates the spec.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 20:41:19 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
23bb9828a3 P2PS: Fix P2PS-PROV-DONE event on GO
If after P2PS PD the device should become a GO it sends P2PS-PROV-DONE
event which contains the GO interface name. If the GO isn't running yet
the device may use pending interface name. However, when the GO is
started, pending interface name will be removed.

Fix the GO interface name in P2PS-PROV-DONE event by copying the
interface name instead of saving the pointer.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 20:34:14 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
a698d6c85f P2PS: Use wpas_p2p_create_iface() to check if dedicated iface is needed
Call wpas_p2p_create_iface() instead of just checking p2p_no_group_iface
config value. Not doing so, resulted in an incorrect behavior when the
driver sets WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_DEDICATED_P2P_DEVICE flag.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 20:30:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
66f1e078e7 DATA_TEST_TX: Avoid ubsan warning on 0x80<<24 not fitting in int
Use unsigned constant instead of signed to avoid warning with the LSB
being set in an int.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
75352270fa Avoid misaligned IPv4 header accesses in DATA_TEST_* commands
The IPv4 header after the Ethernet header is not 32-bit aligned and the
previous version ended up accessing 32-bit members at misaligned
addresses.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
96e8c13da7 D-Bus: Fix dont_quote const declaration
Commit 38279bdb35 ('D-Bus: Coding style
cleanup') handled the dbus_new_handlers.c change properly, but misplaced
the second 'const' in dbus_old_handlers.c in a way that resulted in
duplicated const rather than marking the actual value const.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2da525651d Add backtrace-based error path testing mechanism
The new TEST_FAIL and GET_FAIL control interface commands can be used
similarly to the earlier TEST_ALLOC_FAIL/GET_ALLOC_FAIL design. The new
version is more generic framework allowing any function to be annotated
for failure testing with the TEST_FAIL() macro. This mechanism is only
available in builds with CONFIG_WPA_TRACE_BFD=y and
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y. For other builds, the TEST_FAIL() macro is
defined to return 0 to allow the compiler to remove the test code from
normal production builds.

As the first test site, allow os_get_random() to be marked for failing
based on call backtrace.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-29 23:23:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
55413ce072 P2P: Do not allow 40 MHz co-ex PRI/SEC switch to force MCC
Do not allow 40 MHz co-ex PRI/SEC switch to force us to change our PRI
channel if we have an existing connection on the selected PRI channel
since doing multi-channel concurrency is likely to cause more harm than
using different PRI/SEC selection in environment with multiple BSSes on
these two channels with mixed 20 MHz or PRI channel selection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-28 18:14:58 +03:00
Stepanov, Max
a9ea609ce8 P2PS: Fix p2p_find last parameter handling
In p2p_find command line processing a loop searching for multiple
'seek=' parameters modifies cmd buffer adding '\0' terminators.
The 'freq=' parameter is handled after that and can be
lost if a 'freq=' follows 'seek=' in a command line.
Fix it by moving a handling of 'freq=' parameter to be processed
before 'seek=' handling loop.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2015-06-27 23:49:15 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
4f39908b60 Send CTRL-EVENT-NETWORK-NOT-FOUND if no suitable network was found
This provides more information to upper layer programs on what happens
with connection attempts in cases where the enabled networks are not
found in scan results.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2015-06-27 11:08:08 +03:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
123df27eae D-Bus: Fix typos in debug print
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <p.kushwaha@samsung.com>
2015-06-26 23:01:37 +03:00
Kevin Cernekee
a1407217b1 Android: Rename ANDROID_P2P_STUB to ANDROID_LIB_STUB
If BOARD_HOSTAPD_PRIVATE_LIB is not used on an Android build, we will
need to replace both the p2p functions *and* wpa_driver_nl80211_driver_cmd
in order to successfully link.  Let's make the name more generic so it is
more obvious what it is used for.

Suggested-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Cernekee <cernekee@google.com>
2015-06-26 22:46:16 +03:00
Maneesh Jain
2ba4de37cb D-Bus: Add documentation for wpas_dbus_signal_peer_groups_changed()
This is needed to add this function into Doxygen documentation.

Signed-off-by: Maneesh Jain <maneesh.jain@samsung.com>
2015-06-26 22:44:41 +03:00
Maneesh Jain
e48b5e24a7 D-Bus: Fix typo in dbus signal function documentation
Signed-off-by: Maneesh Jain <maneesh.jain@samsung.com>
2015-06-26 22:44:41 +03:00
Maneesh Jain
09d5048b76 D-Bus: Add function documentation for wpas_dbus_unregister_interface()
This is needed to add this function into Doxygen documentation.

Signed-off-by: Maneesh Jain <maneesh.jain@samsung.com>
2015-06-26 22:44:41 +03:00
Maneesh Jain
adfbbd2b48 D-Bus: Add function documentation for wpas_dbus_register_interface()
This is needed to add this function into Doxygen documentation.

Signed-off-by: Maneesh Jain <maneesh.jain@samsung.com>
2015-06-26 22:44:41 +03:00
Maneesh Jain
c5967f027a D-Bus: Fix wpas_dbus_signal_p2p_invitation_result() documentation
Signed-off-by: Maneesh Jain <maneesh.jain@samsung.com>
2015-06-26 22:44:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6a58444d27 SAE: Verify that own/peer commit-scalar and COMMIT-ELEMENT are different
This check explicitly for reflection attack and stops authentication
immediately if that is detected instead of continuing to the following
4-way handshake that would fail due to the attacker not knowing the key
from the SAE exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 23:10:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8e2a3a4c21 dbus: Do not initialize variable twice
There is no point in initializing 'success' to FALSE when the actual
value is set just below this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 21:16:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c1a14ef42f Do not check unsigned size is less than zero
The variables here are unsigned and as such, cannot have a negative
value. Use == 0 instead of <= 0 to make this cleaner.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 21:16:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f6332b0be1 wpa_gui: Initialize WpaGuiApp::w in the constructor
This gets rid of a static analyzer warning. The actual value for
WpaGuiApp::w will be set after the constructor has returned, so this
value was not really used uninitialized.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 20:23:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
91b7a5e146 Use unsigned/signed printf format more consistently
These configuration parameters did not use matching printf format string
parameters (signed vs. unsigned). While these configuratin values are,
in practice, small unsigned integers, the implementation should use
matching types to write these.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 20:08:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
04e6c4cc50 Fix SAE group selection in an error case
The sae_groups parameter is zero terminated array, not -1 terminated, so
must check the value against <= 0 to break out from the loop.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-20 23:29:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ce8963fc9f Remove WEP40/WEP104 cipher suite support for WPA/WPA2
As far as IEEE 802.11 standard is concerned, WEP is deprecated, but at
least in theory, allowed as a group cipher. This option is unlikely to
be deployed anywhere and to clean up the implementation, we might as
well remove all support for this combination.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-20 23:04:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ee140ef98f FT: Stop association attempt if Auth response processing fails (SME)
Call the FT processing function directly instead of going through
wpa_supplicant_event() to process FT Authentication frame in SME case.
This allows parsing error to be used to trigger immediate failure for
the connection instead of trying to proceed to reassociation step that
cannot succeed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-20 17:36:58 +03:00
Ilan Peer
f43c1ae798 P2P: Handle P2P Device dedicated interface parent removal
In case of a network interface removal, check if the interface
was also the parent interface of the P2P Device dedicated interface.
If this is the case, then stop the P2P Device functionality, and
remove the P2P Device dedicated interface.

In case that the interface is added again and P2P Device
functionality can be enabled again, add a new P2P Device dedicated
interface and allow further P2P Device functionality.

In case that the P2P Device dedicated interface is re-created, the
original P2P Device configuration file is needed, so store it in
the global params (instead in the wpa_interface configuration).

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-19 16:22:26 +03:00
Eliad Peller
38dcc86cb7 P2P: Consider ht/vht on P2P_GROUP_ADD command (with no params)
p2p_ctrl_group_add() takes care of various configuration options (such
as ht/vht) before calling wpas_p2p_group_add(), so use it (just like
when P2P_GROUP_ADD is called with additional params).

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2015-06-19 15:57:16 +03:00
Eliad Peller
29292d53ee ctrl_iface: Make p2p_ctrl_group_add() more robust
Parse each parameter individually and combine all the function calls.
This will allow further patch to call it with no parameters (currently
this might result in failure).

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2015-06-19 15:56:54 +03:00
Eliad Peller
e4a80d89bd P2P: Fix secondary channel selection for HT40
wpas_p2p_get_ht40_mode() used blacklist approach (bw != BW20) to find
the relevant op_class, but didn't take into account other non-BW40
cases, like BW80, that had been added to the bw enum after the initial
implementation. Fix this by looking for the specific BW40 bw cases.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2015-06-19 15:50:40 +03:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
4e7175827e dbus: Add RemoveClient method to remove a client from local GO
This is equivalent to the P2P_REMOVE_CLIENT command on control
interface. This can be used to remove the specified client [as object
path or string format interface address] from all groups (operating and
persistent) from the local GO.

Argument(s): peer[object path] OR iface[string format MAC address]

Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <p.kushwaha@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Jijo Jacob <jijo.jacob@samsung.com>
2015-06-19 12:55:54 +03:00
Maneesh Jain
f0a79c9403 D-Bus: Fix wpas_dbus_register_peer() documentation
Signed-off-by: Maneesh Jain <maneesh.jain@samsung.com>
2015-06-19 12:40:29 +03:00
Maneesh Jain
95d62a6c20 D-Bus: Add missing params in WPS function documentation
This adds missing parameters in all WPS events related function
documentation.

Signed-off-by: Maneesh Jain <maneesh.jain@samsung.com>
2015-06-19 12:38:11 +03:00
Maneesh Jain
790429b520 D-Bus: Fix function documentation for wpas_dbus_signal_p2p_go_neg_resp()
Signed-off-by: Maneesh Jain <maneesh.jain@samsung.com>
2015-06-19 12:35:40 +03:00
Maneesh Jain
92fe746e19 D-Bus: Add function documentation for wpas_dbus_signal_p2p_go_neg_req()
This is needed to add this function into Doxygen documentation.

Signed-off-by: Maneesh Jain <maneesh.jain@samsung.com>
2015-06-19 12:31:28 +03:00
Avraham Stern
e1dffa3b2c P2P: Fix PBC overlap detection
PBC overlap detection searches for another BSS with active PBC in the
BSS table. However, when a separate P2P interface is used, scan results
without P2P IE are not saved in the BSS table, so non-P2P BSS's with
active PBC will not be detected.

Fix this by iterating only the WPS AP array instead of the BSS table.
This is also more efficient since only WPS APs may have active PBC. This
also fixes hwsim test "grpform_pbc_overlap" when a dedicated P2P Device
is used.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2015-06-19 11:25:21 +03:00
Ilan Peer
de7b02fd18 P2P: Use the P2P Device interface in wpas_p2p_fallback_to_go_neg()
Previously the wpa_s->parent interface was used, which is not
necessarily the P2P Device management interface.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-19 11:07:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
129b621653 P2PS: Fix P2P_FIND seek parameter parsing
Only the first seek=<service name> parameter was accepted from the
P2P_FIND command. Fix this to go through all seek parameters to
construct the list of service hash values to seek.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-18 17:27:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
13f6f617ee wpa_cli: Fix process termination in wpa_cli action mode case
Commit 4be9f27595 ('wpa_cli: Use eloop
during connection attempts in interactive mode') did not take into
account the needs for signal processing in action mode. eloop_run() was
not called in this case and the internal select() loop would block eloop
processing anyway and prevent clean shutdown. Fix this by using eloop
for action mode operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-18 13:50:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
14fd03312c Clear control interface command explicitly from stack
The control interface commands may include passwords or other private
key material, so clear it explicitly from memory as soon as the
temporary buffer is not needed anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-17 16:29:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d95c5994c8 P2P: Fix group interface addition failure properly for concurrent case
It was possible for a P2P group formation failure to result in a
concurrent station mode operation getting disconnected in the specific
error case where group interface addition fails after a successful GO
Negotiation. Fix this by skipping the wpas_p2p_group_delete() call in
this specific case since the group interface does not exists anymore at
the point wpas_group_formation_completed() gets called.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-15 23:43:00 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
0799b3f899 P2P: Specify frequency when sending Probe Response frame
If the RX frequency of the Probe Request frame is known, specify it when
sending the Probe Response frame. This is needed when the Probe Request
frame is received on another virtual interface, for example, when a GO
or P2PS client are discoverable on the group operating channel.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-14 23:16:55 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
5d180a7739 drivers: Add freq parameter to send_mlme() function
Change send_mlme() API to allow sending management frames on a specific
channel, overriding the internal driver decision.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-14 23:16:55 +03:00
Max Stepanov
07c1e987d5 P2PS: Enable Probe Request frame processing by P2P Client
1. Add global p2p_cli_probe property to enable/disable Probe Request
frame RX reporting for connected P2P Clients. The property can be set to
0 - disable or 1 - enable. The default value is 0.

2. Enable Probe Request frame RX reporting for P2P Client on
WPA_COMPLETED state if p2p_cli_probe property is set to 1. Disable it
when an interface state is changing to any other state.

3. Don't cancel Probe Request frame RX reporting on wpa_stop_listen for
a connected P2P Client handling Probe Request frames.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-14 23:16:55 +03:00
Max Stepanov
734ddf6125 P2P: Add rx_freq parameter to Probe Request frame handler
In some cases, Probe Request frames can be received by a peer not only
on a listen channel. In this case an additional rx_freq parameter
explitly contains a Probe Request frame RX frequency. In case rx_freq is
set to 0, a Probe Request frame RX channel is assumed to be our own
listen channel (p2p->cfg->channel).

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-14 23:16:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e6012e839d P2P: Update target GO Device Address from BSS entry during join
It is possible for P2P_CONNECT-join command to be issued on a GO's P2P
Interface Address before the P2P peer entry is available to map this
into the GO's P2P Device Address. This could result in the join
operation failing to continue after receiving PD Response due to the
address mismatch (source address = P2P Device Address while only the P2P
Interface Address is known). Fix this by updating the pending join P2P
Device Address based on the BSS entry, if needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-14 23:16:55 +03:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
e11776a528 Combine multiple function calls to a single statement
This cleans up p2p_ctrl_group_add() to share a single call to
wpas_p2p_group_add().

Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <p.kushwaha@samsung.com>
2015-06-14 11:42:29 +03:00
MAYANK HAARIT
b649c0afd4 dbus: Add Reconnect command to D-Bus Interface
This has same behavior as the ctrl_iface RECONNECT command.

Signed-off-by: Mayank Haarit <mayank.h@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <p.kushwaha@samsung.com>
2015-06-14 11:33:54 +03:00
Amr BEN ABDESSALEM
0c9fb14ec4 P2P: Add Operating class 125 for P2P supported channels
Add operating class 125 (channels 149..169) to the list of P2P supported
channels. This allows the 5 GHz channels 161 and 169 to be used for P2P
GO when those channels are allowed for AP mode in the current regulatory
domain.

Signed-off-by: Amr BEN ABDESSALEM <amrx.ben.abdessalem@intel.com>
2015-06-12 20:39:49 +03:00
Ilan Peer
57e832de37 GAS: Remove all radio works before calling gas_query_deinit()
Remove all gas-query radio works before calling gas_query_deinit()
as gas_query_deinit() flow frees the query context, which might
be later be accessed from the radio work callback (and result
with unexpected behavior, e.g., segmentation fault).

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-11 02:57:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
661888be39 P2P: Fix persistent group profile on manual disabled=2 change
ssid->p2p_persistent_group was left to its old value when changing a
network profile to/from P2P persistent group type (disabled=2). This
could result in unexpected behavior when using an incomplete persistent
group profile. This was mainly visible through D-Bus network profile
handling where a persistent group would not be unregistered insome
cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-11 00:02:05 +03:00
Avichal Agarwal
1a2f7ca1b8 D-Bus: Add WPS pbc-overlap Event
This sends an Event D-Bus signal with name "pbc-overlap" for
WPS-EVENT-OVERLAP.

Signed-off-by: Avichal Agarwal <avichal.a@samsung.com>
2015-06-10 20:51:30 +03:00
Amit Khatri
4f369652da P2P: Add ModelNumber and SerialNumber info into D-Bus peer interface
Signed-off-by: Amit Khatri <amit.khatri@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Rahul Jain <rahul.jain@samsung.com>
2015-06-10 19:11:12 +03:00
Amit Khatri
2899cba622 P2P: Add ModelName info into D-Bus peer interface
Signed-off-by: Amit Khatri <amit.khatri@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Rahul Jain <rahul.jain@samsung.com>
2015-06-10 19:06:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
995a3a06f4 Document the wpa_msg_cb "global" parameter
Instead of an int variable with magic values 0, 1, 2, use an enum that
gives clearer meaning to the values now that the original boolean type
global argument is not really a boolean anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-10 16:02:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e66bcedd3e Do not set own_disconnect_req flag if not connected
This fixes some issues where a disconnection event may get ignored if an
earlier operation to remove or disable a network resulted in an attempt
to disconnect event though no connection was in place.
wpa_s->current_ssid != NULL alone is not sufficient to determine that
there will be a driver event notifying completion of such disconnection
request. Set own_disconnect_req to 1 only if wpa_s->wpa_state is also
indicating that there is a connection or an attempt to complete one.

This showed up in a failure, e.g., when running the hwsim test case
scan_int followed by ap_vlan_wpa2_psk_radius_required where the latter
ended up not processing a connection failure event and getting stuck not
trying to run a new scan and connection attempt.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-10 15:42:57 +03:00
Jason A. Donenfeld
8d2ed87d82 wpa_gui: Port to Qt5
This adds support for Qt5 while still preserving support for building
with Qt4. The same source code builds with both Qt versions now. The
functionality should be identical.

Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
2015-06-10 14:03:48 +03:00
Ondřej Caletka
e1ede80d3b eapol_test: Support IPv6 for authentication server
This allows testing RADIUS servers over IPv6.

Signed-off-by: Ondřej Caletka <ondrej@caletka.cz>
2015-06-10 13:53:22 +03:00
MAYANK HAARIT
aa2b12562b P2P: Add GO Intent of connecting device in GO Negotiation Request event
Add GO Intent information of connecting device in GO Negotiation Request
event which will help applications to decide its own GO intent value in
advance and can avoid failure cases when both devices use GO Intent 15
depending on application requirement.

Signed-off-by: Mayank Haarit <mayank.h@samsung.com>
2015-06-06 18:16:39 +03:00
Krishna Vamsi
a80651d067 Add support to request a scan with specific SSIDs
Support a request to scan specific SSIDs given by user with the SCAN
command. The SSID list can be suffixed to the scan command as follows.
For example, if SSIDs "ABC" and "abc123" need to be specifically
scanned, the command should be "SCAN ssid 414243 ssid 616263313233". The
value of the SSID is passed in hexadecimal representation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-05 15:55:26 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
94687a0aae WPS: Allow the priority for the WPS networks to be configured
This commit adds a configurable parameter (wps_priority) to specify the
priority for the networks derived through WPS connection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-04 13:55:16 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
09d57ce40e wpa_supplicant: Remove trailing whitespace
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-02 20:06:55 +03:00
Amit Khatri
dc1a341dec P2P: Add manufacturer info into D-Bus peer interface
Allow the Manufacturer information for a found P2P peer device to be
fetched through the D-Bus interface similarly to p2p_peer <mac address>
on ctrl interface.

Signed-off-by: Amit Khatri <amit.khatri@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Rahul Jain <rahul.jain@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashutosh Kaushik <k.ashutosh@samsung.com>
2015-05-29 21:28:26 +03:00
Nishant Chaprana
333039596e P2P: Add P2P Cancel method over D-Bus interface
This patch adds P2P Cancel method over
fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.P2PDevice dbus interface.

Signed-off-by: Nishant Chaprana <n.chaprana@samsung.com>
2015-05-29 21:05:17 +03:00
Nishant Chaprana
87d3c62835 WPS: Add WPS Cancel method over D-Bus interface
Signed-off-by: Nishant Chaprana <n.chaprana@samsung.com>
2015-05-29 20:55:08 +03:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
eda9d84dfd P2P: Fix a potential memory leak in a P2P+NFC corner case
Avoid memory leak due to previous allocation for ssid->ssid. It does not
look like this is hit in normal cases, but at might be possible for the
SSID to get set if the peer is present in previous scan results and WPS
code ends up copying the SSID from there.

Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <p.kushwaha@samsung.com>
2015-05-29 20:41:25 +03:00
Krishna Vamsi
701d9729b3 Add libwpa_client build option to use a dynamic library
Add support to compile libwpa_client.so. This can be used by external
programs to interact with the wpa_supplicant control interface. Also
rename the static version of this library to libwpa_client.a to be
consistent with the name used previous in Android builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-05-29 15:25:52 +03:00
Krishna Vamsi
ccad05a95c P2P: Restart group formation timer upon receiving new Inv Req
A new Invitation Request might be received on a just started persistent
group if the previous Invitation Response sent isn't received at the
peer (GO of the persistent group). When the peer sends an Invitation
Request again, treat it as start of group formation and restart the
group formation timer at this point of time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-05-29 13:30:26 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
4d3be9cdd1 Postpone updating of wpa_s->current_bss till association event
In the case of driver-based BSS selection, a bssid_hint in the connect
request might not result in to the selection of the same BSS. Thus,
postpone the updation of the wpa_s->current_bss till the association
event is received unless the BSSID is forced. This fixes issues where
wpa_s->current_bss may end up being updated to point to the BSS that
wpa_supplicant provided as a hint for a roaming case, but then not
restored if the driver decides to "return" to the current BSS instead.
This could result in some operations (e.g., WNM BSS TM response) not
working properly due to incorrect BSS being identified in
wpa_s->current_bss.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-05-29 12:18:13 +03:00
Ilan Peer
b4342ca4d8 P2P: Use p2p_init_wpa_s for P2P command redirection over D-Bus
D-Bus used the p2p_dev member in struct wpa_supplicant to track the
interface used for P2P Device operations. However, this is not needed as
the interface used for P2P Device operations is stored in struct
wpa_global->p2p_init_wpa_s.

Replace all the redirections to wpa_s->p2p_dev with redirections to
wpa_s->global->p2p_init_wpa_s and removed this member as it is no
longer needed.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-05-25 18:31:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
96512a00d0 P2P: Fix D-Bus PresenceRequest to use group interface
This command is for a specific P2P group, not for the P2P Device
instance and as such, wpa_s pointer must not be replaced with the
interface that is used for P2P Device management.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-05-25 18:31:09 +03:00
Ilan Peer
b740401f18 P2P: Fix wpas_remove_persistent_peer() to use P2P mgmt interface
The function used wpa_s->parent->conf to iterate the P2P networks and
update the configuration file. However, wpa_s->parent is not
necessarily the interface used to manage the P2P Device operations.

Fix this by accessing the configuration file of the interface
initialized to manage the P2P Device operations.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-05-25 18:31:09 +03:00
Ilan Peer
1e0a02942b P2P: Fix wpas_p2p_add_persistent_group_client() to use P2P mgmt interface
The function used wpa_s->parent->conf to iterate the P2P networks and
update the configuration file. However, wpa_s->parent is not
necessarily the interface used to manage the P2P Device operations.

Fix this by accessing the configuration file of the interface initialized
to managed the P2P Device operations.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-05-25 18:31:09 +03:00
Ilan Peer
86b91c89af P2P: Fix wpas_p2p_set_own_freq_preference() to use P2P mgmt interface
wpas_p2p_set_own_freq_preference() accessed wpa_s->parent->conf to test
if p2p_ignore_shared_freq is set, but wpa_s->parent is not necessarily
the interface used to manage the P2P Device operations.

Fix this by accessing the configuration file of the interface
initialized to manage the P2P Device operations.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-05-25 18:31:09 +03:00
Ben Rosenfeld
43677494fb P2P: Use the P2P Device management interface in wpas_p2p_remove_client()
As wpas_p2p_remove_client() is not necessarily called from the interface
used to manage the P2P Device operations, when removing a client, use
the P2P management interface to iterate over the saved networks and
remove the relevant entries form the P2P GO network blocks.

Signed-off-by: Ben Rosenfeld <ben.rosenfeld@intel.com>
2015-05-25 18:31:09 +03:00
Nishant Chaprana
7b642dc80b P2P: Add D-Bus FindStopped to notify P2P-FIND-STOPPED event
Add D-Bus notification mechanism of P2P-FIND-STOPPED event on
fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.P2PDevice interface.

Signed-off-by: Nishant Chaprana <n.chaprana@samsung.com>
2015-05-25 18:31:09 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
d63f1419b5 P2P: Advertize cross connection to WLAN AP on a non-P2P interface
Commit 1c2aa04c96 ('P2P: Do not add P2P
IEs on P2P disabled interface') removed the P2P IEs from association on
non-P2P interface. However, an AP functioning as a P2P manager needs the
cross connection capability of the station (P2P Device). This needs to
be done to meet the P2P specification requirements even if the station
interface has p2p_disabled=1 in case P2P in general is enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-05-25 12:44:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c7dafdf9b0 WPS: Fix build without CONFIG_WPS=y
Commit 5add410162 ('WPS: Use shorter
authentication timeout during no-SelReg iteration') broke the build with
WPS disabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-24 10:33:26 +03:00
Avraham Stern
a5da657445 dbus: Stop ongoing scheduled scan when scan is requested
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2015-05-03 17:34:54 +03:00
Matti Gottlieb
0c28071872 Fix sending ANQP request to an unknown BSS while associated
While being associated, if an ANQP request is received for a different
AP that doesn't exist in the BSS list, the ANQP request will be sent on
the frequency of the AP that we are currently associated to.

In such a case, it is possible that the ANQP request would be sent on
a channel different than that of the requested AP, potentially delaying
other requests/activities.

Avoid sending the ANQP request to an AP that is not in the BSS list.

Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
2015-05-03 17:32:32 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
74197e0adf wpa_cli: Fix memory leak when tracking networks
Fix memory leak introduced in commit
32a097fdd2 ("wpa_cli: Keep track of
available networks") by tracking networks only when in interactive mode.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2015-05-03 17:26:46 +03:00
Oren Givon
4504621f9c TDLS: Add TDLS_LINK_STATUS command to the control interface
Add the TDLS_LINK_STATUS command to the control interface. This command
shows what is the status of our current TDLS connection with the given
peer. Also, add the TDLS_LINK_STATUS command to wpa_cli.

Signed-off-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
2015-05-03 17:20:24 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
01e87ef64f IBSS: Check ibss_rsn init before starting new IBSS authentication
Sanity check added to avoid segmentation fault which occurs, when
issuing ibss_rsn ctrl iface cmd and IBSS was not initialized previously
via IBSS network selection.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2015-05-03 17:15:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5aeebc48e8 D-Bus Fix network_is_persistent_group() for P2P operations
Commit c2762e410f ('P2P: Update D-Bus
network object semantics during group formation') added this helper
function to determine whether a network block is used for storing a
persistent group information. However, it implemented this in a way that
matches both persistent group storage and an operating persist group
instance. This does not seem to match the expected behavior for the
D-Bus objects, so fix this to match only the persistent group storage
case to avoid registering/unregistered incorrect D-Bus objects for
groups.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-29 20:52:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5441da2beb Fix wpas_notify_network_removed()
Commit bb3df9a569 ('notify: Do not raise
any signal from a P2P management interface') was supposed to only change
D-Bus behavior, but it ended up disabling non-D-Bus functionality as
well for some sequences where the P2P Device interface is used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-29 20:51:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e8181e26ef dbus: Add a debug print on fill_dict_with_properties() getter failures
This makes it easier to debug issues with D-Bus property getter
operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-29 20:43:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8a78e227df D-Bus: Fix operations when P2P management interface is used
Commit 21efc940f6 ('wpa_supplicant: Do not
register a P2P management interface on DBus') hides the special P2P
management interface from D-Bus. However, it did not take into account
the possibility of wpa_s->dbus_path and wpa_s->dbus_new_path being NULL
in such cases on number of code paths within the D-Bus handlers. This
could result in invalid arguments (NULL path) being provided to D-Bus
functions (mainly, dbus_message_iter_append_basic) and NULL pointer
dereference when iterating over all interfaces. Either of these could
make wpa_supplicant process terminate.

Fix this by explicitly checking that the interface-specific D-Bus path
has been registered before using it anywhere with D-Bus handlers. In
addition, find the correct wpa_s instance to fix P2P operations through
D-Bus when the P2P Device interface is used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-29 20:42:25 +03:00
Hamad Kadmany
01a025937c WPS: Add support for 60 GHz band
Handling of WPS RF band for 60 GHz was missing. Add it in all relevant
places and also map "AES" as the cipher to GCMP instead of CCMP when
operating on the 60 GHz band.

Signed-off-by: Hamad Kadmany <qca_hkadmany@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-28 00:22:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0ef1e290ab WPS: Fix shorter authentication timeout during no-SelReg iteration
Commit 5add410162 ('WPS: Use shorter
authentication timeout during no-SelReg iteration') added a new
condition on reducing the authentication timeout for the WPS AP
iteration process. However, due it ended up copy-pasting an incorrect
condition for this. This was supposed to apply for PIN-based config
method advertisement, not PBC.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-28 00:12:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a250722f38 Try to set PMK only with key mgmt offload support in the driver
Previously, it was possible for the set_key() handler to be used with
WPA_ALG_PMK even if the driver did not indicate support for key
management offload. While this is not really supposed to result in any
difference, it makes the debug logs somewhat confusing. Avoid that by
using driver capability flag for key management offload as an additional
condition for setting the PMK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-27 16:47:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9f390f431c Interworking: Fix network selection warning without SIM/USIM support
interworking_credentials_available_3gpp() would have left excluded2
uninitialized without INTERWORKING_3GPP in the build. This could result
in a static analyzer warning within
interworking_credentials_available_helper() about use of uninitialized
variable. Get rid of that warning by explicitly initializing excluded2
even though this does not really result in any difference in behavior
since the excluded2 value would be used only if the non-NULL is returned
and that could not have been the case here without INTERWORKING_3GPP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-26 17:00:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5678a2d89b P2P: Allow wpa_supplicant to start if social channels are not supported
It was possible for an nl80211-based driver to be determined to support
P2P even when the radio supports only the 5 GHz band. This resulted in
P2P initialization failing due to not being able to pick a social
channel and wpa_supplicant not starting. Fix this by not enabling P2P,
but still allowing wpa_supplicant initialization to complete.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-26 13:59:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a6da824b19 Do not use C++ reserved words as variable names
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-26 13:36:55 +03:00
Arkadiusz (Arkq) Bokowy
eaa3728a64 wpa_gui: Themed icon loader
Signal strength meter uses non-standard icons (not included in the
freedesktop icon specification), which might not be available in all
icon sets on the market. What's more, according to the latest Ubuntu
practices, in the status-like places one should use symbolic icons.
Unfortunately not all icon sets provide them.

In order to overcome this inconsistency, we are going to try to load
more than one icon from the current theme in the fallback-like
fashion.

Signed-off-by: Arkadiusz Bokowy <arkadiusz.bokowy@gmail.com>
2015-04-26 11:55:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9a3cb4133d Fix wpa_priv (CONFIG_PRIVSEP=y) build
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-25 17:37:53 +03:00
Mikael Kanstrup
8b423edbd3 Declare all read only data structures as const
By analysing objdump output some read only structures were found in
.data section. To help compiler further optimize code declare these
as const.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2015-04-25 17:33:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5add410162 WPS: Use shorter authentication timeout during no-SelReg iteration
When iterating through WPS APs that do not advertise Selected Registrar
TRUE, limit the authentication timeout to 10 seconds instead of the full
70 second value used with IEEE 802.1X/EAP/WPS in general. This helps
speed up AP iteration for cases where a selected AP misbehaves and does
not reply to EAP exchanges. This should not really be needed, but there
seems to be deployed APs that do not implement WPS correctly and with
such APs in the radio range, this extra timeout can speed up the
iteration to allow the correct AP to be found before the WPS operation
times out.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-24 17:55:32 +03:00
Hu Wang
e7d20342b5 WPS: Enforce five second minimum time before AP iteration
Previously, wpa_supplicant was using number of scan iterations
(WPS_PIN_SCAN_IGNORE_SEL_REG = 3) to give some time for finding a WPS AP
with Selected Registrar TRUE before starting to iterate through all WPS
APs. While this works fine in most cases, some drivers may return the
initial three scan results so quickly that the total amount of time is
only couple of seconds in case none of the APs are initially advertising
Selected Registrar TRUE. To give some more time for APs (WPS Registrars)
to become ready, add an additional constraint on the iteration based on
time (WPS_PIN_TIME_IGNORE_SEL_REG = 5 seconds).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-24 17:55:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bd143cc540 Remove trailing whitespace from Makefile
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-24 01:22:15 +03:00
Ilan Peer
74802c0936 P2P: Do not create a P2P Device interface if P2P is disabled
Do not add the dedicated P2P Device interface in case P2P is disabled in
the configuration file or globally.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-04-24 01:22:15 +03:00
Ben Greear
579674ebe5 Document p2p_disabled option in wpa_supplicant.conf
I needed this option to disable P2P on a buggy system.
Document this so someone else finds it quicker next time.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2015-04-24 01:22:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
baae4cb9b4 Simplify HT Capabilities element parsing
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the element is of fixed length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c9bf7b6623 Fix a memory leak on mesh_attr_text() error path
Should there not be enough room in the output buffer, the
bss_basic_rate_set line would not be printed. This error case was
handled otherwise, but the temporary memory allocation for building the
information was not freed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 11:44:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
eaa8eefed1 Replace MAX_SSID_LEN with SSID_MAX_LEN
This makes source code more consistent. The use within Android driver
interface is left as-is to avoid changes in the old PNO interface
definition.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d9d1b9527a Use SSID_MAX_LEN define instead of value 32 when comparing SSID length
This makes the implementation easier to understand.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cc6f24380c Add WPS_DEV_NAME_MAX_LEN define and use it when comparing length
This make code easier to understand.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:18 +03:00
Floris Bos
8e2c5f1a20 dbus: Fix WPS property of fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.BSS interface
The dbus interface documentation says the following about the
WPS property of the fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.BSS interface:

==
WPS information of the BSS. Empty dictionary indicates no WPS support.
Dictionary entries are:

Type	s	"pbc", "pin", ""
==

However the implementation returns "type" => "" for BSSes
that do not support WPS.

Fix the implementation to match the documentation.
Return empty dictionary if there is no WPS support.
And "type" => "" if WPS is supported, but is not in progress
right now.

Signed-off-by: Floris Bos <bos@je-eigen-domein.nl>
2015-04-13 15:08:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b79911853f Fix CONFIG_AP=y build without CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-04 11:56:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
954f03aab2 Fix compilation issues with CONFIG_NO_CONFIG_WRITE=y
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-04 11:52:03 +03:00
Ben Greear
da3db6812d Fix INTERFACE_ADD parsing
This fixes a regression caused by commit
efa232f915 ('Add support for virtual
interface creation/deletion') for the case where an empty extra argument
is included.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2015-04-04 11:02:04 +03:00
Ola Olsson
4839f7c768 wpa_cli: Fix a typo in usage text
Signed-off-by: Ola Olsson <ola.olsson@sonymobile.com>
2015-04-03 11:34:51 +03:00
Jason Abele
a20a3616cd wpa_supplicant: Clear blacklist on connect
It has been noticed that the band steering/load balancing of some
multi-AP networks will lead to an ever-growing list of blacklisted
BSSIDs. This eventually leads to a connection drop when the connection
is pushed to a distant AP.

Fix this issue by clearing the blacklist upon successful connect.

Signed-off-by: Jason Abele <jason@aether.com>
2015-04-03 10:51:36 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
02e122a995 Reschedule scan from wpas_stop_pno if it was postponed
This reschedules the postponed scan request (if such a request is
pending) from EVENT_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED event handler to speed up
scanning after PNO/sched_scan stop has been requested.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2015-04-01 18:21:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
56dfc4939d Fix a typo in configuration parameter documentation
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-01 12:57:11 +03:00
Avraham Stern
989e784601 P2P: Optimize scan frequencies list when re-joining a persistent group
When starting a P2P client to re-join a persistent group
(P2P_GROUP_ADD persistent=<id>), it is possible that the P2P GO was
already found in previous scans. Try to get the P2P GO operating
frequency from the scan results list so wpa_supplicant will initially
scan only the P2P GO known operating frequency.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-03-29 20:52:09 +03:00
Lauri Hintsala
ce18c10773 Add support for CONFIG_NO_ROAMING to Makefile
Commit e9af53ad39 introduced new
CONFIG_NO_ROAMING configuration parameter but unfortunately it was added
only to Android.mk. Enabling this parameter didn't have any effect when
Makefile was used to build wpa_supplicant. This commit fixes that problem
and cleans "unused variable" compiler warning.

Signed-off-by: Lauri Hintsala <lauri.hintsala@silabs.com>
2015-03-29 20:37:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
65a7b21f5e OpenSSL: Implement AES-128 CBC using EVP API
This replaces the internal CBC mode implementation in
aes_128_cbc_encrypt() and aes_128_cbc_decrypt() with the OpenSSL
implementation for CONFIG_TLS=openssl builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-29 20:30:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a52410c29f Allow PSK/passphrase to be set only when needed
The new network profile parameter mem_only_psk=1 can be used to specify
that the PSK/passphrase for that network is requested over the control
interface (ctrl_iface or D-Bus) similarly to the EAP network parameter
requests. The PSK/passphrase can then be configured temporarily in a way
that prevents it from getting stored to the configuration file.

For example:

Event:
CTRL-REQ-PSK_PASSPHRASE-0:PSK or passphrase needed for SSID test-wpa2-psk

Response:
CTRL-RSP-PSK_PASSPHRASE-0:"qwertyuiop"

Note: The response value uses the same encoding as the psk network
profile parameter, i.e., passphrase is within double quotation marks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-28 11:05:13 +02:00
Mikael Kanstrup
9ccc10f56e wpa_cli: Use tab as only word separator for networks
White space is a valid SSID character so completion routine for
networks should only use tab as word separator.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2015-03-27 15:31:38 +02:00
Mikael Kanstrup
5a997b2f79 wpa_cli: Completion routine for dup_network command
Add command completion routine for dup_network command.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2015-03-26 22:53:37 +02:00
Mikael Kanstrup
1ca6c0f1f1 wpa_cli: Completion for remove, select, disable, enable network
Add command completion routines for remove_network, select_network,
disable_network, and enable_network commands.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2015-03-26 22:53:37 +02:00
Mikael Kanstrup
7e6cc90805 wpa_cli: Implement completion routine for get_network/set_network
Add command completion routine for get_network and set_network that
guide user with both network id and network parameters.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2015-03-26 22:53:37 +02:00
Mikael Kanstrup
32a097fdd2 wpa_cli: Keep track of available networks
Keep track of available networks for easy use in command completion
routines.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2015-03-26 22:53:35 +02:00
Mikael Kanstrup
94dc0e950d wpa_cli: Allow tab as alternative separator for cli_txt_list words
To be able to reuse the add/del word utility functions for lines containing
tabs allow both space and tab as word separators.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2015-03-26 22:36:12 +02:00
Jithu Jance
efa232f915 Add support for virtual interface creation/deletion
Extend interface_add and interface_remove commands via an optional
argument to allow wpa_supplicant to create/delete a new virtual
interface.

Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2015-03-26 22:20:35 +02:00
Mikael Kanstrup
ba87329d96 wpa_cli: Use .wpa_cli_history under Android
wpa_cli already implements a command history file for easy accessing
commands previously used. Enable the functionality on Android, too.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2015-03-26 15:29:13 +02:00
Ben Greear
0f8385e6fa Show OSEN key management properly in scan results
Old code defaulted to WEP for an AP advertising OSEN. Show as OSEN
instead. Re-use most of the RSN parsing logic since all but the header
is the same.

Example output:

[root@ath9k-f lanforge]# ./local/bin/wpa_cli -i sta0 scan_results
bssid / frequency / signal level / flags / ssid
00:0e:8e:6f:40:49	2462	-23	[OSEN-OSEN-CCMP][ESS]	ben-138

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2015-03-25 16:04:03 +02:00
Arkadiusz (Arkq) Bokowy
e7b4cd0c55 wpa_gui: Add tray icon based signal strength meter
System tray icon can be set to 5 different pictographs according to the
connection status. One for disconnected state (not associated with the
network, or not connected with the wpa_supplicant service), and four for
connected status (showing the signal strength on the receiver).

By default this functionality is disabled. The reason for this, is the
fact, that the underlaying approach of this functionality is poll based,
which might be considered as a non-efficient one. Update interval has to
be set explicitly by the user with '-m<seconds>' command line argument.

Status icon names are based on various Gnome icon packs (e.g., Faba).
When icon can not be found, default one is shown (wpa_gui logo).

Signed-off-by: Arkadiusz Bokowy <arkadiusz.bokowy@gmail.com>
2015-03-25 15:41:15 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
c41d0840a1 nl80211: Allow driver-based roam to change ESS
This extends NL80211_CMD_ROAM event processing to allow the driver to
roam to another ESS (different SSID) when using offloaded BSS selection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-24 21:13:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0fd52a612a Remove duplicated wpa_s->conf->interworking check
wpas_add_interworking_elements() does not need to do this since the
caller is already checking whether Interworking is enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-22 21:48:41 +02:00
Ilan Peer
ad4430971f Add Extended Capabilities element to all Probe Request frames
Always add the Extended Capabilities element to Probe Request frames (in
case it is not all zeros) to publish support for driver advertised
capabilities and wpa_supplicant specific capabilities.

This also fixes the case where Extended Capabilities element was added
for Interworking cases, but did not use the driver advertised ones and
did not handle other capabilities supported by wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-03-22 21:48:38 +02:00
Avraham Stern
9bd566a33a Delay AP selection if all networks are temporarily disabled
If all networks are temporarily disabled, delay AP selection until at
least one network is enabled. Running AP selection when all networks are
disabled is useless as wpa_supplicant will not try to connect. In
addition, it will result in needless scan iterations that may delay the
connection when it is needed.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2015-03-22 20:53:58 +02:00
Avraham Stern
701f3961e3 Don't optimize scan frequencies if selected network has changed
When disconnecting from a BSS, the next scan is optimized to scan only
the channels used by the connected ESS. But when disconnecting because a
new network was selected, this optimization is wrong because
wpa_supplicant is now trying to connect to another ESS. Fix this by not
optimizing the scan frequencies in case the selected network has
changed.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2015-03-22 20:36:01 +02:00
Max Stepanov
e9d280503a P2PS: Extend p2p_service_del asp to support 'all' parameter
Extend p2p_service_del asp command to support 'all' parameter to delete
all ASP service advertisements.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2015-03-20 15:56:59 +02:00
Max Stepanov
6dd51ecbf1 P2PS: Add P2PS advertisements on ALL_SERVICES ANQP query
Add P2PS advertisements to a query response on ANQP query of
ALL_SERVICES type.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2015-03-20 15:56:59 +02:00
Max Stepanov
c40a8918ec P2PS: Delete ASP advertisements on wpas_p2p_service_flush
Delete all ASP serice advertisement on wpas_p2p_service_flush similarly
to Bonjour and UPnP services.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2015-03-20 15:56:59 +02:00
Max Stepanov
2dc422e2b3 P2PS: Update SD indicator value on ASP add/del/update
Update a service update indicator value on ASP service advertisement
add/del/update operations.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2015-03-20 15:56:59 +02:00
Victor Goldenshtein
6ceea4c3cb Restart sched_scan on channel list change
The channel list can be changed as a result of arriving beacon hints
during normal scan or as a result of local Reg-Domain change. Some
passive channels can become active and needs to be reconfigured
accordingly for the scheduled scan.

This fixes the connection to hidden SSIDs on 5 GHz band during default
Reg-Domain 00 (world roaming).

Signed-off-by: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2015-03-20 15:56:59 +02:00
Eliad Peller
e7a296ba13 Remove unused shared_freq driver op
This driver op is not used anymore

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2015-03-20 15:56:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
55e8f0eafc Fix CONFIG_EAP_UNAUTH_TLS without CONFIG_EAP_TLS build
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-20 15:56:59 +02:00
Neelansh Mittal
9772af66ba Interworking: Prevent scan during ANQP fetch and Interworking select
Reject external scan request while either ANQP fetch or Interworking
select is in progress. Not doing so could lead to a situation in which
Interworking automatic network selection does not get triggered because
of a new scan result event forcing the ANQP fetch cycle to be disrupted
and restarted all over again. Interworking automatic network selection
is only triggered when AQNP fetch cycle, that is, ANQP exchange with
every Interworking capable BSS in the current BSS list, is completed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-20 15:56:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6784168d07 Remove SChannel support
SChannel/CryptoAPI as a TLS/crypto library alternative was never
completed. Critical functionality is missing and there are bugs in this
implementation. Since there are no known plans of completing this
support, it is better to remove this code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-18 22:31:36 +02:00
Arkadiusz (Arkq) Bokowy
0b08f25445 wpa_gui: Documentation update
In the commit 77b244d577a7cb5c928478627af6687a0733193d9 ('wpa_gui: Quiet
mode - disable tray icon messages') a new parameter has been introduced,
but it was not documented. This commit fixes this omission.

Signed-off-by: Arkadiusz Bokowy <arkadiusz.bokowy@gmail.com>
2015-03-16 12:30:12 +02:00
Mikael Kanstrup
8ffaafae07 wpa_cli: Add missing parameters for "set" command completion routine
Some config parameters were missing in the "set" command completion
routine. Add missing parameters and while at it put the parameters
under compiler switches so only valid ones are shown.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2015-03-15 21:00:57 +02:00
Mikael Kanstrup
0fd9d95fde wpa_cli: Add completion routine for "get" command
Add tab completion function that includes all available "get"
parameters.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2015-03-15 21:00:17 +02:00
Mikael Kanstrup
5c6c315fba Add IPv4 support function for "get" control interface command
Add support to retrieve IPv4 config variables with the "get" control
interface command. This allows the ip_addr_* parameters for P2P+NFC
IP address assignment to be fetched from the GO.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2015-03-15 20:57:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
74fa78b281 Add AVG_BEACON_RSSI to SIGNAL_POLL output
If the driver reports separate signal strength average for Beacon
frames, report that in SIGNAL_POLL output.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-15 20:45:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f89328575 P2P: Move upper layer SD interaction into a separate file
wpa_supplicant/p2p_supplicant.c has reached almost 10000 lines in length
and was getting a bit inconvenient to edit, so start splitting it into
separate files.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-15 20:25:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bc1d23ae1d Add ChangeLog entries for v2.4
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-14 16:51:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f10487e1af Send CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED on wpa_supplicant AP deinit
This makes the AP mode more consistent with other modes by providing a
matching pair of CTRL-EVENT-CONNECTED and CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED event
messages.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-14 10:05:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d246a1db9 Make rate-not-supported debug print more useful
It looks like "hardware does not support required rate 1.0 Mbps" has
started showing up in some hwsim test cases as a reason for failure.
This should not really occur with mac80211_hwsim, so add more details to
the debug print to make it easier to figure out what exactly happened.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-07 15:35:40 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
c10ca2a66f TDLS: Allow driver to request TDLS Discovery Request initiation
This extends the TDLS operation request mechanism to allow TDLS
Discovery Request to be initiated by the driver similarly to the
existing Setup and Teardown requests.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-06 21:08:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
41312fc7ef mesh: Leave mesh in driver setup if initialization fails
It was possible to leave the driver in mesh point state if upper layer
mesh initialization failed in wpa_supplicant_mesh_init(). With nl80211,
this results in the vif being left in mesh point mode instead of
restoring it to station mode. That seems to break normal functionality,
e.g., for Public Action frame TX/RX. Fix this by restoring station mode
on mesh failure path.

This error could be triggered, e.g., with the following hwsim test case
sequence: wpas_mesh_secure_sae_missing_password
nfc_p2p_static_handover_tagdev_go_forced_freq

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-06 20:58:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6e9023ea49 DFS: Allow wpa_supplicant AP mode to use non-offloaded DFS
This extends the hostapd-like setup of DFS-in-userspace for
wpa_supplicant AP mode operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-05 17:25:13 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
bd0f68c473 DFS: wpa_supplicant event processing
Add radar event processing logic for AP/P2P GO. The DFS processing
functions from hostapd are now used for these wpa_supplicant cases as
well for both offloaded and non-offloaded DFS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-05 17:24:16 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
d7f1aa8fd7 DFS offload: P2P changes for autonomous GO
Add P2P changes to allow bringing up P2P autonomous GO on a DFS channel
if DFS functionality is offloaded to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-05 17:24:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
192ad3d730 Interworking: Clear SCANNING state if no match found
Previously, it was possible for wpa_state to be left at SCANNING if
INTERWORKING_SELECT command failed to find any match. Now the state is
set to DISCONNECTED if the operation terminates because of no matching
networks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-03 17:03:25 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
95d7b863ec P2P: Consider 5 GHz channels also for auto GO
When there is no channel preference mentioned by user, auto GO
can be started on any of the 5 GHz channels supported for P2P.
Consider operating classes 115 and 124 which do not require DFS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-02 17:01:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a51c40aa35 P2P: Fix regression in start-GO/AP through a "fake" scan
Commit 3f9ebc439c ('P2P: Allow AP/GO
interface to be started while P2P-in-progress') moved the
wpa_s->connect_without_scan and wpa_s->last_scan_req checks to an
earlier place within the wpa_supplicant_scan() function without
adjusting wpa_s->last_scan_req. This variable was set between the old
and new location, so the new location needs to use wpa_s->scan_req.

This fixes an issue where AP/GO operations were not properly started in
some operation sequence. Instead, a station mode scan was executed. This
issue could be triggered, e.g., by running the no_go_freq test case
followed by autogo_random_channel.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-02 16:45:51 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
dd5c155e2e eap_proxy: Callback to notify any updates from eap_proxy
This commit introduces a callback to notify any configuration updates
from the eap_proxy layer. This is used to trigger re-reading of IMSI and
MNC length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-02 12:47:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9feadba141 Remove unnecessary NULL check to make function more consistent
Static analyzers may warn about dereference before NULL check in
wpas_network_disabled() due to the new code added to check
wpa_s->p2p_mgmt. wpa_s cannot be NULL here, so remove the unneeded check
for it later in the function. (CID 106124)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-01 22:36:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1772d348ea P2P: Fix interface deinit for failed group interface initialization
wpa_supplicant_deinit_iface() ends up removing all P2P groups if the
removed interface is the parent interface. This is correct behavior in
general, but this resulted in issues in the new group interface
initialization error path since wpa_s->parent was not assigned before
hitting this check. Fix this by assigning wpa_s->parent as part of
wpa_supplicant_add_iface().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-01 22:36:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3f9ebc439c P2P: Allow AP/GO interface to be started while P2P-in-progress
Do not delay the "station mode scan" that is not really a scan, but a
request to start AP/GO mode operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-01 22:36:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c28059091a Do not add blacklist entries based on normal disconnect request cases
There are number of cases where wpa_supplicant requests the current
connection to be disconnected before starting a new operation. Such
cases do not really indicate that there was an error in connecting or a
disconnection initiated by the AP, so do not add a temporary blacklist
entry in such sequences.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-01 15:54:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bdf0518bb9 P2P: Direct P2P_CONNECT command to proper interface
It is possible for the P2P_CONNECT control interface command to be
issued on an incorrect interface. While the upper layer component should
really use global control interface for this, make this work by
redirecting the command to the correct context if needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-01 11:54:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
44b9ea5bb2 P2P: Do not allow scan or normal association on cfg80211 P2P Device
The dedicated P2P management instance (wpas->p2p_mgmt == 1) using
cfg80211 P2P Device cannot be used for non-P2P uses or connection (there
is no netdev). Reject or ignore such operations to avoid unexpected
operations if enabled network blocks are configured in the
wpa_supplicant instance used to control this interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-01 11:23:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9542f21f3a Clean up p2p_find command parsing and execution
There is no need to maintain three almost identical copies of the
wpas_p2p_find() call.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-28 21:58:38 +02:00
Daisuke Niwa
fa9f381f20 P2P: Allow a specific channel to be specified in P2P_FIND
The optional freq=<MHz> can now be used with the P2P_FIND command to
specify a single channel to scan during the first round of P2P search.
For example, this can be used to replace the full initial scan with a
single channel scan of a known operation channel.

Signed-off-by: Daichi Ueura <daichi.ueura@sonymobile.com>
2015-02-28 21:52:56 +02:00
Daichi Ueura
eb78a8d5e3 P2P: Restore P2P_SCAN_SPECIFIC
This reverts commit 3df2f4fe99 ('P2P:
Remove unused P2P_SCAN_SPECIFIC') with a modification to fit the current
code base.

Signed-off-by: Daichi Ueura <daichi.ueura@sonymobile.com>
2015-02-28 21:41:38 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
c3dabf5a00 Fix merge issue with IBSS VHT support
Commit 563ee1832b ('IBSS: Add support for
VHT80 configuration') got merged in incorrectly with one i/j swap
missed.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-02-28 16:48:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8b2b718da9 Fix minor issue in HT40 max rate determination
Commit a1b790eb9d ('Select AP based on
estimated maximum throughput') had a copy-paste bug than ended up
leaving one of the max_ht40_rate() cases unreachable. (CID 106087)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-28 16:40:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d2030ee20 Use estimated throughput to improve roaming selection
Previously, within-ESS roaming was skipped if the selected BSS did not
have a higher signal strength than the current BSS regardless of AP
capabilities. This could result in not moving to a BSS that would
provide higher throughput, e.g., due to larger channel bandwidth or
higher rates (HT/VHT MCS).

Use estimated throughput information from scan result processing to
allow within-ESS roaming if the selected BSS is likely to provide better
throughput even if the current BSS has larger RSSI.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-22 11:45:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d747e2a98 Add snr and est_throughput to the BSS entries
These values were previously used only for sorting the scan results, but
it may be useful to provide access to the used values through the BSS
entries.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-22 11:09:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a1b790eb9d Select AP based on estimated maximum throughput
This modifies the BSS selection routines to calculate SNR and estimated
throughput for each scan result and then use the estimated throughput as
a criteria for sorting the results. This extends the earlier design by
taking into account higher throughput rates if both the AP and local
device supports HT20, HT40, or VHT80. In addition, the maximum rate is
restricted based on SNR.

In practice, this gives significantly higher probability of selecting
HT/VHT APs when there are multiple BSSes in the same ESS and SNR is not
low enough to prevent higher MCS use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-22 11:09:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ab647ffea7 Add wpa_supplicant Makefile target libwpa_ctrl.a
"make -C wpa_supplicant libwpa_ctrl.a" can now be used to build a static
library that can be linked with external programs using wpa_ctrl.h. This
makes it easier to create a separate library package that does not
depend in any other hostap.git file other than src/common/wpa_ctrl.h and
the libwpa_ctrl.a built with this new make target.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-21 17:48:10 +02:00
Matthieu Mauger
71d77adb6d Update current BSS level when signal change event occurs
When an EVENT_SIGNAL_CHANGE occurs the bgscan is informed about this
change but the new RSSI value is not stored. In consequence, when
roaming candidates are evaluated, the RSSI value of the current BSS used
to compare is an old one obtained during the last scan rather than the
new one given by the signal change event. This leads sometimes to bad
decision when selecting a new BSS for roaming.

This patch solves the issue by updating the current BSS level when
receiving a signal change event in order to have a very up-to-date
current signal value when choosing an new BSS.

Signed-off-by: Matthieu Mauger <matthieux.mauger@intel.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
Ilan Peer
f1609f119a wpa_supplicant: Cancel sched_scan when stopping countermeasures
When stopping the TKIP countermeasures, it would be preferable to
connect immediately. However if scheduled scan is in progress,
a connection attempt will be done only when scan results are received,
so cancel the scheduled scan to allow immediate scan and connection
attempt.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
Eliad Peller
0b8bcaa50f P2P: Allow configuring CTWindow when working as GO
Read p2p_go_ctwindow (0-127 TUs) from the config file, and pass it to
the driver on GO start.

Use p2p_go_ctwindow=0 (no CTWindow) by default.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
ASHUTOSH NARAYAN
5ce6ac11ab Inteworking: Add support to update the ANQP Capability List into the BSS
In addition, add support for returning the capability list through
the BSS control interface command.

Signed-off-by: ASHUTOSH NARAYAN <ashutoshx.narayan@intel.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
ASHUTOSH NARAYAN
185ada4770 HS 2.0: Add support to update the HS20 Capability List into the BSS
In addition, add support for returning the capability list through the
BSS control interface command.

Signed-off-by: ASHUTOSH NARAYAN <ashutoshx.narayan@intel.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
Arkadiusz (Arkq) Bokowy
7fe7a3a51f wpa_gui: Debug enhancement
Instead of calling a dummy printf function use preprocessor to determine
if debugging mode is enabled. Also use native Qt debug function.

Signed-off-by: Arkadiusz Bokowy <arkadiusz.bokowy@gmail.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2b892d442a Add forgotten network profile parameters to config file writing
Number of network profile parameters were not written to the
configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
563ee1832b IBSS: Add support for VHT80 configuration
Configure VHT80 based on driver capabilities.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
98479dc95e IBSS: Update operating frequency if joining an existing IBSS
If a matching IBSS is found in scan results, change requested frequency
to match and disable OBSS scan.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
4d9e6fba2a IBSS: Add fixed_freq network parameter
Add fixed_freq=<0/1> network block parameter and pass it to the driver
when starting or joining an IBSS. If this flag is set, IBSS should not
try to look for other IBSS networks to merge with on different channels.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
6f5e1b0bf6 Use priority list instead of global for PNO
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:52 +02:00
Rajiv Ranjan
f92446fb7d P2PS: Add P2PS interface info
This adds documentation on P2PS related interface commands and events.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-21 11:28:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
59b416c733 Add optional reassoc-to-same-BSS optimization
The new reassoc_same_bss_optim=1 configuration parameter can now be used
to request wpa_supplicant to bypass the unnecessary Authentication frame
exchange when reassociating back to the same BSS with which the device
is already associated. This functionality is disabled by default since
it may cause undesired interoperability issues with some APs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-19 16:35:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c4da67deef Fix passive_scan config parameter writing
Commit c35e35ed81 ('Add passive_scan
configuration parameter') used incorrect parameter name when writing the
passive_scan parameter into a configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-19 16:22:47 +02:00
Ola Olsson
10263dc2a4 Add control interface commands for fetching wpa_config values
The new "DUMP" and "SET <variable>" control interface commands can be
used to fetch global wpa_supplicant configuration parameters.

Signed-off-by: Ola Olsson <ola.olsson@sonymobile.com>
2015-02-08 22:49:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f91a512f1f Add INTERWORKING_ADD_NETWORK command
This can be used to provide more control to upper layers on network
blocks generated as part of Interworking network selection.
INTERWORKING_ADD_NETWORK behaves otherwise identically to
INTERWORKING_CONNECT, but it does not request a new connection after
having added the network block and it returns the network id of the
added network.

INTERWORKING_ADD_NETWORK followed by REASSOCIATE would behave more or
less identically to INTERWORKING_CONNECT, but this allows the created
network profile to be modified, if desired, and/or stored externally.
SELECT_NETWORK can also be used with the network id returned from
INTERWORKING_ADD_NETWORK to enforce that specific network profile to be
used for the next connection (though, it should be noted that this
behavior may not meet all Hotspot 2.0 requirements if there were other
enabled networks that could have higher priority).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-08 22:49:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5b74e086e6 P2P: Document P2P_CONNECT-auto
Commit b31be3a0fd ('P2P: Add automatic GO
Negotiation vs. join-a-group selection') added this P2P_CONNECT 'auto'
parameter, but did not update any documentation on it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-08 13:35:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
99650cadc9 Add STOP_AP control interface command
This is mainly for testing purposes to allow beaconing to be stopped
without clearing AP state in hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-08 13:35:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6b00512164 P2P: Add event messages for P2P_CONNECT-fallback-to-GO-Neg
This makes it easier for upper layer programs to follow progress of
P2P_CONNECT-auto operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-08 13:35:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b0e669beeb P2P: Fix P2P_CONNECT-auto fallback to GO Neg with group interface
If a separate P2P group interface was used, P2P_CONNECT-auto fallback to
GO Negotiation could result in use of freed memory and segmentation
fault. This happened in cases where the peer GO was found in some old
scans, but not in the first scan triggered by the P2P_CONNECT-auto
command ("P2P: Peer was found running GO in older scan -> try to join
the group" shows up in the debug log). In addition, the GO would still
need to reply to PD Request to allow this code path to be triggered.

When five scans for the GO were completed in this sequence, the P2P
group interface was removed as part of falling back to GO Negotiation.
However, that ended up dereferencing the freed wpa_s instance at the end
of scan event processing. Fix this by reordering code a bit and breaking
out from EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS processing if the interface could have been
removed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-08 13:35:14 +02:00
Masashi Honma
bf51f4f82b mesh: Fix remaining BLOCKED state after SAE auth failure
When SAE authentication fails, wpa_supplicant retries four times. If all
the retries result in failure, SAE state machine enters BLOCKED state.
Once it enters this state, wpa_supplicant doesn't retry connection. This
commit allow connection retries even if the state machine entered
BLOCKED state.

There could be an opinion "Is this patch needed? User could know the SAE
state machine is in the BLOCKED mode by MESH-SAE-AUTH-BLOCKED event.
Then user can retry connection. By user action, SAE state machine can
change the state from BLOCKED to another.". Yes, this is a true at the
joining mesh STA. However, a STA that is already a member of existing
mesh BSS should not retry connection because if the joining mesh STA
used wrong password, all the existing STA should do something from UI to
retry connection.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-02-08 12:43:24 +02:00
Masashi Honma
79ddb2062e mesh: Add a monitor event on SAE authentication getting blocked
Send MESH-SAE-AUTH-BLOCKED event if SAE authentication is blocked. The
BLOCK state will finish when a new peer notification event is sent for
the same MAC address.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-02-07 22:33:23 +02:00
Masashi Honma
dd2cbafc89 mesh: Add a monitor event for SAE authentication failure
SAE authentication fails likely with wrong password. This commit adds a
notification of the failure to the upper application (UI) so that the
application can notify suspection of a wrong password to the user. The
control interface monitor even for this is "MESH-SAE-AUTH-FAILURE
addr=<peer>".

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-02-07 22:23:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
11e2ddbcd7 mesh: Remove duplicated no_auto_peer update
Commit 07cb45ccb2 ('mesh: Add no_auto_peer
config option') added a new struct wpa_ssid argument and added an
unnecessary parsing and setting of the value in
wpa_supplicant_ctrl_iface_update_network(). This is not needed since
wpa_config_set() takes care of parsing the parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-07 16:19:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1e529832a8 D-Bus: Fix network block type change
It is possible for a network profile to change its type from P2P
persistent group to a normal network and back. The D-Bus interface uses
different types of objects for those, so the object needs to
re-registered in case of type change. This fixes issues in leaving
behind an incorrect type of object and leaking memory when freeing such
a network block that has had its disabled parameter changed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-07 16:19:08 +02:00
Vinit Deshpande
663ae2f417 Don't write to wpa_supplicant.conf directly
There is a chance that wpa_supplicant may get killed during
the time it is writing config file. If this happens, user
information like SSIDs and passwords can be lost forever.

This change works around that by writing config to a
temporary file and then renaming the file to the correct name.

Signed-off-by: Vinit Deshpande <vinitd@google.com>
2015-02-07 15:37:13 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
d9a9bc04b4 IBSS: Do not enable HT with WEP or TKIP
We should not enable HT if WEP or TKIP is configured.
Without the patch and WEP configuration we will get message:
Association request to the driver failed

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-02-06 21:43:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
abe96d0605 P2P: Clean up Listen channel optimization debug prints
Do not claim to change the Listen channel in a debug message when
previously configured channel prevents this. In addition, fix a typo in
another related debug print.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 16:13:35 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
93eca6155b P2PS: Do not remove pending interface on p2p_stop_find
The pending interface created during provision discovery should
not be removed on stopping p2p_find. This pending interface has
to be used after completing GO negotiation. Earlier the pending
interface is created just before GO negotiation so there was no
problem.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
87d5ef5a41 P2PS: Add commands to control interface redir list
This is needed to allow P2PS related new control interface commands to
be redirected for proper context processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
306aaf49f8 P2PS: Start WPS registrar upon GO formation
If P2PS config method is used for provisioning, upon forming a new GO,
start WPS registrar for the provisioned peer automatically.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
ab8ee776b9 P2PS: Provision Discovery fail event
This extends P2P-PROV-DISC-FAILURE with adv_id and deferred_session_resp
in P2PS cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
1300cc8e8f P2PS: PD Request processing and PD Response building
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
5fefce2747 P2PS: Callback to send P2PS provisioning events
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
9a58e521ac P2PS: Callback to create pending group after sending PD Response
This introduces a P2P module callback function that will be used to
create the pending P2PS group after sending PD Response and receiving
ACK status for it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
895d94def9 P2PS: Callback to remove stale persistent groups
When the peer device is trying to form a new group despite having
old persistent group with same roles, remove the stale persistent
group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
f309c18e50 P2PS: ASP provisioning commands to control interface
This adds new wpa_supplicant control interface commands
P2P_ASP_PROVISION and P2P_ASP_PROVISION_RESP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
6d9085145c P2PS: Process P2PS provisioning commands
This extends wpas_p2p_prov_disc() implementation to accept P2PS
parameters. None of the callers are yet using this functionality; the
following commit introduces a user.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
369678ad14 P2PS: Add P2PS attributes into PD Request if requested
This adds a data structure for storing P2PS PD information and code to
add the related attributes into PD Request. The actual operation to
trigger this behavior will be added in a separate commit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
d4b43b5886 P2PS: Add support to send ASP-RESP events
Send P2P-SERV-ASP-RESP events upon receiving GAS responses with
ASP services.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:06 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
6df08d0341 P2PS: Logic to parse GAS requests for ASP services
Add support to parse received GAS requests for ASP services and
prepare GAS responses accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:06 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
5a4102ce0e P2PS: Add support to send ASP service requests
This extends the P2P_SERV_DISC_REQ control interface command with a new
"asp" service type. This takes service id, service string, and optional
service info as arguments.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:06 +02:00
Brian Gix
095b3c4069 P2PS: Add Application Service Info to device found events
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:06 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
ae9d45f329 P2PS: Extend add/del services logic to support ASP
In addition, add a new P2P_SERVICE_REP command that can be used to
replace existing ASP advertisements.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:06 +02:00
Brian Gix
4f88fc0464 P2PS: WPS changes needed for P2PS default PIN
This provides additional WPS definitions and rules for negotiating use
of P2PS default PIN configuration method.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-02 16:55:45 +02:00
Brian Gix
5177509657 P2PS: Add option to specify seek strings into P2P_FIND
P2PS seek strings can now be specified in the P2P_FIND control interface
command with one or more optional "seek=<str>" parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-02 16:55:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
66eaf8a2c2 Fix driver-offloaded offchannel TX done processing
It was possible for a Action frame sequence completion to stop an
ongoing offchannel remain-on-channel operation unexpectedly in cases
where TX operation was offloaded to the driver and such an operation
happened to occur during a previously started remain-on-channel (e.g.,
for P2P listen state).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-02 14:09:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f2dc06e2bd P2P: Ignore remain-on-channel callback event if not waiting for one
It was possible for the previously requested remain-on-channel for P2P
listen state to get canceled before having received driver event
indicating start of that remain-on-channel operation. In such a case,
the event was able to trigger P2P module to start processing listen
timeout even though there was not supposed to be a following listen
operation anymore. Skip the driver event if we are not waiting for a new
listen state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-02 14:09:18 +02:00
Mukesh Agrawal
f0d0a5d23b Improve BSS selection with default noise floor values
When noise floor measurements are not available, compute SNR
using default values for the noise floor. This helps steer us
towards 5 GHz BSSes in high signal strength environments.

In more detail...

Existing code prefers a 5 GHz BSS when the 5 GHz BSS's signal
strength is "close" to that of the 2.4 GHz BSS, or when both SNRs
are large. However, the mwifiex driver does not provide noise
floor measurements, so we can't compute SNRs.

Because mwifiex doesn't provide NF measurements, the "large SNR"
code wasn't effective. By using default values for the noise floor,
we can again compute SNRs, and decide that the SNR is high enough
that we shouldn't worry about the exact difference in SNR.

The default noise floor values (one for 2.4 GHz, and one for 5 GHz)
were chosen by measurement in a noisy environment, so they should be
conservative.

Note that while this patch is motivated by mwifiex, it affects
ath9k as well. Although ath9k provides noise floor measurements
in general, it will sometimes fail to provide a measurement for
one or more specific channels.

As a result of this patch, we'll always compare BSSes based on SNR
(either measured or estimated), rather than sometimes comparing
based on signal strength. ("Always" assumes that the
WPA_SCAN_LEVEL_DBM flag is set. It is for mwifiex and ath9k.)

While there:
- fix a whitespace issue (spaces -> tab)
- clean up existing comments
- update dump_scan_res to indicate whether the noise floor is
  measured, or default

Signed-hostap: mukesh agrawal <quiche@chromium.org>
2015-02-01 22:01:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7f7bfba919 Add an option allow canned EAP-Success for wired IEEE 802.1X
For wired IEEE 802.1X authentication, phase1="allow_canned_success=1"
can now be used to configure a mode that allows EAP-Success (and
EAP-Failure) without going through authentication step. Some switches
use such sequence when forcing the port to be authorized/unauthorized or
as a fallback option if the authentication server is unreachable. By
default, wpa_supplicant discards such frames to protect against
potential attacks by rogue devices, but this option can be used to
disable that protection for cases where the server/authenticator does
not need to be authenticated.

When enabled, this mode allows EAP-Success/EAP-Failure as an immediate
response to EAPOL-Start (or even without EAPOL-Start) and EAP-Success is
also allowed immediately after EAP-Identity exchange (fallback case for
authenticator not being able to connect to authentication server).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-01 19:22:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
49fcc32e91 EAP-MSCHAPv2 peer: Add option to disable password retry query
wpa_supplicant used to request user to re-enter username/password if the
server indicated that EAP-MSCHAPv2 (e.g., in PEAP Phase 2)
authentication failed (E=691), but retry is allowed (R=1). This is a
reasonable default behavior, but there may be cases where it is more
convenient to close the authentication session immediately rather than
wait for user to do something.

Add a new "mschapv2_retry=0" option to the phase2 field to allow the
retry behavior to be disabled. This will make wpa_supplicant abort
authentication attempt on E=691 regardless of whether the server allows
retry.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-01 17:45:19 +02:00
Ben Greear
99805a0ea1 Interworking: Convert wpa_printf() to wpa_msg()
Also adds a few messages that helped me track down why things
were not working as expected.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2015-02-01 01:32:25 +02:00
Roger Zanoni
b42f539ed2 Add a variable to handle extra CFLAGS values
Some packages don't install its headers in the default directory
(e.g.: In Arch Linux libiberty and libn13 includes are installed)
in their own subdirectory under /usr/include) and the build fails
trying to find the headers.

This patch will allow passing extra CFLAGS values without discarding
the assignments made in the Makefile. The CFLAGS values in the Makefile
are ignored, if defined directly in the make command line.

Signed-off-by: Roger Zanoni <roger.zanoni@openbossa.org>
2015-02-01 00:26:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e6dd8196e5 Work around Linux packet socket regression
Linux kernel commit 576eb62598f10c8c7fd75703fe89010cdcfff596 ('bridge:
respect RFC2863 operational state') from 2012 introduced a regression
for using wpa_supplicant with EAPOL frames and a station interface in a
bridge. Since it does not look like this regression is going to get
fixed any time soon (it is already two years from that commit and over
1.5 from a discussion pointing out the regression), add a workaround in
wpa_supplicant to avoid this issue.

The wpa_supplicant workaround uses a secondary packet socket to capture
all frames (ETH_P_ALL) from the netdev that is in a bridge. This is
needed to avoid the kernel regression. However, this comes at the price
of more CPU load. Some of this is avoided with use of Linux socket
filter, but still, this is less efficient than a packet socket bound to
the specific EAPOL ethertype. The workaround gets disabled
automatically, if the main packet socket interface on the bridge
interface turns out to be working for RX (e.g., due to an old kernel
version being used or a new kernel version having a fix for the
regression). In addition, this workaround is only taken into use for the
special case of running wpa_supplicant with an interface in a bridge.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-31 17:21:58 +02:00
Bob Copeland
745d93695b mesh: Create new station entry on popen frames
Currently, there is a race in open mesh networks where mesh STA A
receives a beacon from B and sends a peering open frame to initiate
peering. STA B, having not yet received a beacon from A and thus
created the corresponding station entry, will ignore all such open
frames. If the beacon interval is sufficiently long then peering
will not succeed as a result.

In fact B can simply create the station entry when the popen is
received, as is done in Linux's in-kernel MPM, avoiding the issue.

Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2015-01-28 13:09:31 +02:00
Bob Copeland
41bff862d9 mesh: Always free the station if peering failed
Previously, we would only free the station entry if a peering close
frame was received (freeing the station entry causes the kernel to
start sending peer candidate events again when suitable beacons are
received, triggering peering or authentication to restart).

The end result is the same in any case regardless of close reason:
if we leave holding state then peering has started again, so go
ahead and remove the station in all cases.

Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2015-01-28 13:09:31 +02:00
Masashi Honma
871ff0b746 mesh: Sync plink state with kernel
The plink_state exists both wpa_supplicant and kernel. Synchronize them
with wpa_mesh_set_plink_state().

Signed-off-by: Kenzoh Nishikawa <Kenzoh.Nishikawa@jp.sony.com>
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-01-28 13:09:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ba4226130e Simplify eapol_sm_notify_pmkid_attempt()
Drop the unneeded 'attempt' argument. This was originally used for
indicating an aborted PMKID caching attempt, but a fix in 2006 removed
the only such user and since that time, only attempt == 1 has been used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-28 13:09:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
993a865407 Add eap_session_id to wpa_supplicant STATUS output
This makes the current EAP Session-Id available for external programs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-28 13:09:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f19c907822 OpenSSL: Implement aes_wrap() and aes_unwrap()
This replaces the implementation in aes-wrap.c and aes-unwrap.c with
OpenSSL AES_wrap_key() and AES_unwrap_key() functions when building
hostapd or wpa_supplicant with OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-28 13:09:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
983c6a606b OpenSSL: Replace internal HMAC-MD5 implementation
Use OpenSSL HMAC_* functions to implement HMAC-MD5 instead of depending
on the src/crypto/md5.c implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-28 13:09:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3f56a2b746 Ignore pmf=1 default if driver does not support PMF
Connection with a PMF enabled AP will fail if we try to negotiate PMF
while the local driver does not support this. Since pmf=1 does not
require PMF for a successful connection, it can be ignored in such a
case to avoid connectivity issues with invalid configuration. This makes
it somewhat easier to allow upper layer programs to use pmf=1 default
regardless of driver capabilities.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-27 12:38:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
937403b581 Update copyright notices for the new year 2015
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-27 01:43:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
399e61353a Add Suite B AKMs to key_mgmt capability list
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-27 01:43:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5e3b5197cc Add Suite B 192-bit AKM
WPA-EAP-SUITE-B-192 can now be used to select 192-bit level Suite B into
use as the key management method.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-27 01:43:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
97ae35a848 Add HMAC-SHA384
For now, this is only implemented with OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-27 01:26:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
98cd3d1c3b Preparations for variable length KCK and KEK
This modifies struct wpa_ptk to allow the length of KCK and KEK to be
stored. This is needed to allow longer keys to be used, e.g., with
Suite B 192-bit level.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-27 01:26:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b5f045deee Show supported group_mgmt capabilities
This extends GET_CAPABILITY command to allow the supported group
management frame cipher suites to be listed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-24 19:37:42 +02:00
Ben Greear
893e152e64 Interworking: More debug messages
And convert some wpa_printf to wpa_msg.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2015-01-24 19:37:42 +02:00
Ben Greear
f45bae5b81 Interworking: Add logging to track nai_realm_find_eap failures
There are lots of reasons we can fail to match an EAP credential, so add
logging to help determine why it is happening in various cases.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2015-01-24 19:37:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5a5aab7f40 Interworking: Remove unnecessary NULL check
nai_realm_find_eap() is called only in cases where the cred pointer is
not NULL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-24 19:37:42 +02:00
Adrian Nowicki
ad905e4a79 wpa_gui: Sort frequency and signal numerically in the scan results dialog
Signal strength was sorted lexically rather than numerically, which
put "-100 dBm" before "-50 dBm" if sorted in descending order.
This change fixes that. It also treats frequency in the same
manner, preparing it for the IEEE 802.11ah.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Nowicki <adinowicki@gmail.com>
2015-01-23 01:24:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c35e35ed81 Add passive_scan configuration parameter
This new wpa_supplicant configuration parameter can be used to force
passive scanning to be used for most scanning cases at the cost of
increased latency and less reliably scans. This may be of use for both
testing purposes and somewhat increased privacy due to no Probe Request
frames with fixed MAC address being sent out.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-22 20:50:01 +02:00
ASHUTOSH NARAYAN
fb09ed3389 Interworking: Notify the ANQP parsing status
The ANQP verification/parsing is done only after the GAS_DONE indication
is sent over the control interface. This means that in case the ANQP
parsing fails there is no indication to the upper layers. Add an
ANQP-QUERY-DONE event that reports the status of the ANQP parsing.

Signed-off-by: ASHUTOSH NARAYAN <ashutoshx.narayan@intel.com>
2015-01-20 02:26:21 +02:00
ASHUTOSH NARAYAN
d10b01d299 HS20: Provide appropriate permission to the OSU related files
The icon files and the osu-providers.txt that are generated may not have
proper permission for external programs to access. Set the access
permissions to the same as the permissions for osu_dir.

Signed-off-by: ASHUTOSH NARAYAN <ashutoshx.narayan@intel.com>
2015-01-20 02:26:16 +02:00
Ilan Peer
dd09e424c2 Fix memory leak in wpa_supplicant global bgscan configuration
Global bgscan configuration parameter was not freed when config was
freed.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-01-20 02:10:05 +02:00
Eytan Lifshitz
30f459c098 wpa_cli: Fix NULL dereference on printf string argument
In wpa_cli_cmd_interface(), try_connection(), and main(), ctrl_ifname
may be NULL and could be dereferenced depending on the printf()
implementation.

Signed-off-by: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
2015-01-20 02:08:58 +02:00
Ilan Peer
b72b2ad39e P2P: Stop p2p_listen/find on wpas_p2p_invite
Stop any ongoing P2P listen/find flow before starting invitation flow.
This was partially handled in p2p_invite() that called p2p_find(), but
this did not cleanly handle cases such as long_listen.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-01-20 01:57:59 +02:00
Ilan Peer
7e608d1def P2P: Use the correct wpa_s interface to handle P2P state flush
A control interface call to flush the current state used the
current wpa_s to clear the P2P state even though it might not
be the interface controlling the P2P state.

Fix it by using the correct interface to flush the P2P state.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-01-20 01:57:59 +02:00
Eyal Shapira
fd83335f29 AP: Enable HT Tx STBC for AP/GO if supported by driver
Publish support for Tx STBC in the HT capabilities of a GO and AP
controlled by wpa_supplicant in case the hardware supports it.

Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
2015-01-20 01:57:59 +02:00
Ben Rosenfeld
d90bfa97f4 Move external_scan_running to wpa_radio
external_scan_running should be common to all interfaces that share a
radio. This fixes a case where external_scan_running was set on a single
interface, but did not block scan on other interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Ben Rosenfeld <ben.rosenfeld@intel.com>
2015-01-20 01:57:59 +02:00
Ben
0c5f01fdf2 Clear reattach flag in fast associate flow
Clear the reattach flags, in case a connection request did not trigger a
scan. This needs to be done to avoid leaving the reattach flag set for
the next scan operation which may not have anything to do with the
specific request that could have been optimized using the single-channel
single-SSID scan.

Signed-off-by: Ben <ben.rosenfeld@intel.com>
2015-01-20 01:57:59 +02:00
David Spinadel
8ad8bc5c36 NFC: Redirect NFC commands on global control interface
Redirect NFC commands from global control interface to P2P device
interface.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2015-01-20 01:57:59 +02:00
David Spinadel
57ae1f5be9 P2P: Fix P2P invitation with NFC
Use interface's own NFC configuration instead of parent's one
to support a P2P device dedicated interface.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2015-01-20 00:51:36 +02:00
Matti Gottlieb
07565ab0f9 WNM: Fix the length of WNM_BSS_QUERY control interface command
The length should be 14 and not 10.
The current situation causes failure during parsing of the command.

Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
2015-01-20 00:47:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2d9c99e37b Retry scan-for-connect if driver trigger fails
This restores some of the pre-radio work behavior for scanning by
retrying scan trigger if the driver rejects it (most likely returning
EBUSY in case of nl80211-drivers). Retry is indicated in the
CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-FAILED event with "retry=1".

For manual scans (e.g., triggered through "SCAN" control interface
command), no additional retries are performed. In other words, if upper
layers want to retry, they can do so based on the CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-FAILED
event.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-19 20:25:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
911942ee64 Add a test framework for various wpa_supplicant failure cases
For CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds, add a new test parameter than can
be used to trigger various error cases within wpa_supplicant operations
to make it easier to test error path processing. "SET test_failure
<val>" is used to set which operation fails. For now, 0 = no failures
and 1 = scan trigger fails with EBUSY. More operations can be added in
the future to extend coverage.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-19 19:34:00 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
95ff306988 nl80211: Allow HT/VHT to be disabled for IBSS
Allow HT/VHT overrides to be used for IBSS.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-19 02:35:43 +02:00
Masashi Honma
5a2a6de6a5 mesh: Make inactivity timer configurable
Current mesh code uses ap_max_inactivity as inactivity timer. This patch
makes it configurable.

There is another mesh inactivity timer in mac80211. The timer works even
if user_mpm=1. So this patch sets the max value to the timer for
workaround.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-01-19 02:35:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0efcad2c30 Print in debug log whether attached monitor is for global interface
It is easier to debug issues related to the wpa_supplicant control
interfaces being left behind in attached state when the debug log file
can be used to determine whether a specific monitor socket was a global
or per-interface one.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-18 16:23:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8266e6c6b4 HS 2.0: Try to use same BSS entry for storing GAS results
Commit 17b8995cf5 ('Interworking: Try to
use same BSS entry for storing GAS results') added a mechanism to try to
pair GAS request and response to a single BSS entry to cover cases where
multiple BSS entries may exists for the same BSSID. However, that commit
did not cover the Hotspot 2.0 ANQP elements. Extend this mechanism to
all ANQP elements. This can help in cases where information in the
Hotspot 2.0 specific ANQP elements got lost if a hidden SSID or some
other reason of duplicated BSS entries was present while doing ANQP
fetches.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-17 17:47:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6c69991382 Make wpa_supplicant FLUSH command more likely to clear all BSS entries
Move the wpa_bss_flush() call to the end of the function to allow any
pending user of a BSS entry to be cleared before removing the unused
entries. There were number of cases where BSS entries could have been
left in the list and this resulted in some hwsim test failures.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-17 15:39:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2dbe63ad53 Write reason for scan only_new_results into debug log
This can be helpful in figuring out why the driver was requested to
flush its scan results prior to starting a new scan.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-17 13:54:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
242b83a380 eapol_test: Fix cert_cb() function arguments
altsubject[] was added here, but the callback implementation in
eapol_test.c was forgotten from the commit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-17 02:24:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a8826b1848 Interworking: Avoid busy loop in scan result mismatch corner cases
It was possible for interworking_find_network_match() to find a possible
BSS match in a case where more thorough checks in
wpa_supplicant_select_bss() reject network. This itself is fine, in
general, but when combined with wpa_supplicant_fast_associate()
optimization and auto_interworking=1, this resulted in a busy loop of up
to five seconds and a possible stack overflow due to recursion in that
loop.

Fix this by limiting the Interworking wpa_supplicant_fast_associate()
call to be used only once per scan iteration, so that new scan
operations can be completed before going through the scan results again.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-17 01:52:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
edd5939a26 Interworking: Start ANQP fetch from eloop callback
Reduce maximum stack use by starting next ANQP fetch operation from an
eloop callback rather than calling interworking_next_anqp_fetch()
directly from interworking_start_fetch_anqp(). This avoids issues that
could potentially make the process run out of stack if long loops of
ANQP operations are executed in cases where automatic Interworking
network selection is used and scan results do not have a full match for
a network.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-17 01:51:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
783b2a977f Interworking: Fix INTERWORKING_CONNECT with zero-length SSID BSS entry
For Interworking connection to work, the SSID of the selected BSS needs
to be known to be able to associate with the AP. It was possible for the
scan results to include two BSS entries matching the BSSID when an
earlier scan with that AP has shown a hidden SSID configuration (e.g.,
when running hwsim test cases, but at least in theory, this could happen
with real use cases as well). When that happened, the incorrect BSS
entry may not have included RSN configuration and as such, it would get
rejected for Interworking connection.

Fix this by confirming that the selected BSS entry has a real SSID. If
not, try to find another BSS entry matching the same BSSID and use that,
if found with an SSID.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-15 12:24:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cebee30f31 Add domain_match network profile parameter
This is similar with domain_suffix_match, but required a full match of
the domain name rather than allowing suffix match (subdomains) or
wildcard certificates.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-14 15:45:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d07d3fbda2 Add peer certificate alt subject name information to EAP events
A new "CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-ALT depth=<i> <alt name>" event is now used
to provide information about server certificate chain alternative
subject names for upper layers, e.g., to make it easier to configure
constraints on the server certificate. For example:
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-ALT depth=0 DNS:server.example.com

Currently, this includes DNS, EMAIL, and URI components from the
certificates. Similar information is priovided to D-Bus Certification
signal in the new altsubject argument which is a string array of these
items.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-14 15:45:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
98a4cd447e D-Bus: Clear cached EAP data on network profile changes
This makes D-Bus network profile Set(Properties) clear cached EAP data
similarly to how SET_NETWORK does for control interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-14 13:24:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
483dd6a5e0 Include peer certificate always in EAP events
This makes it easier for upper layer applications to get information
regarding the server certificate without having to use a special
certificate probing connection. This provides both the SHA256 hash of
the certificate (to be used with ca_cert="hash://server/sha256/<hash>",
if desired) and the full DER encoded X.509 certificate so that upper
layer applications can parse and display the certificate easily or
extract fields from it for purposes like configuring an altsubject_match
or domain_suffix_match.

The old behavior can be configured by adding cert_in_cb=0 to
wpa_supplicant configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-14 12:24:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d29fa3a767 Extend VENDOR_ELEM parameters to cover non-P2P Association Request
The new VENDOR_ELEM value 13 can now be used to add a vendor element
into all (Re)Association Request frames, not just for P2P use cases like
the previous item was for.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-14 01:12:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cf08e9b1f4 Add MESH to modes capabilities
This makes it easier for upper layer programs to figure out whether the
wpa_supplicant and and the driver supports mesh.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
db5adfe777 Add SAE to auth_alg capabilities
This makes it easier for upper layer programs to figure out whether the
wpa_supplicant and and the driver supports SAE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a16514516b Add "GET tls_library" to provide information on TLS library and version
This new wpa_supplicant and hostapd control interface command can be
used to determine which TLS library is used in the build and what is the
version of that library.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b09baf37cf Work around Windows build issues
At least MinGW did not have ENOTCONN, EOPNOTSUPP, ECANCELED, so define
these to allow the build to go through.
wpas_rrm_send_neighbor_rep_request() is not really used on Windows, so
the exact error code values do not make any difference here.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 00:58:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0b402479bf Remove Network Security Service (NSS) support
NSS as a TLS/crypto library alternative was never completed and this
barely functional code does not even build with the current NSS version.
Taken into account that there has not been much interest in working on
this crypto wrapper over the years, it is better to just remove this
code rather than try to get it into somewhat more functional state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 00:58:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e24aef10cf Fix a typo in domain_suffix_match documentation
Spell SubjectName correctly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 00:27:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
394b54732e Improve subject_match and domain_suffix_match documentation
These were already covered in both README-HS20 for credentials and in
header files for developers' documentation, but the copy in
wpa_supplicant.conf did not include all the details. In addition, add a
clearer note pointing at subject_match not being suitable for suffix
matching domain names; domain_suffix_match must be used for that.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 00:27:01 +02:00
Stefan Tomanek
79cd993a62 Add address masks to BSSID lists
In many applications it is useful not just to enumerate a group of well
known access points, but to use a address/mask notation to match an
entire set of addresses (ca:ff:ee:00:00:00/ff:ff:ff:00:00:00).

This change expands the data structures used by MAC lists to include a
mask indicating the significant (non-masked) portions of an address and
extends the list parser to recognize mask suffixes.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Tomanek <stefan.tomanek@wertarbyte.de>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Stefan Tomanek
b83e455451 Add network specific BSSID black and white lists
This change adds the configuration options "bssid_whitelist" and
"bssid_blacklist" used to limit the AP selection of a network to a
specified (finite) set or discard certain APs.

This can be useful for environments where multiple networks operate
using the same SSID and roaming between those is not desired. It is also
useful to ignore a faulty or otherwise unwanted AP.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Tomanek <stefan.tomanek@wertarbyte.de>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Stefan Tomanek
b3d6a0a825 Add generic parser for MAC address lists
This change generalizes the code used for parsing the configuration
option 'p2p_client_list' and makes it suitable to use it in other
contexts.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Tomanek <stefan.tomanek@wertarbyte.de>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6dfc55723d Remove mesh_ht_mode network block parameter
There should not be a mesh-specific mechanism for setting up channel
parameters since that will just result in duplicated code. IBSS, mesh,
and AP mode can use the same data structures and parameters for setting
up such parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
54fe48b9dc mesh: Use the shared function with IBSS to determine channel parameters
Automatically enable HT20, HT40+, HT40-, or VHT, based on driver
capabilities. This obsoletes the mesh_ht_mode network block parameter
that was previously used to configure HT parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f7e889fa2d mesh: Convert channel configuration to use common routines
Use struct hostapd_freq_params just like other modes do instead of
mesh-specific freq and ht_mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6334330ed6 mesh: Use a separate variable to track whether HT is enabled
A network profile parameter should not be used to check whether the
currently operating mesh has HT enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
6b8b07741a ibss/mesh: Enable HT40 if supported
Setup HT40+/HT40- if supported by driver.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
269dfe232b Introduce common hw features
Introduce wpa_supplicant/hostapd hw features.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
1830817ece IBSS: Add WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_HT_IBSS
Add WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_HT_IBSS driver feature flag. Some drivers could not
set this feature and next could fail when we will enable HT support for
IBSS with error message: nl80211: Join IBSS failed: ret=-22 (Invalid
argument).

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Bob Copeland
a206e2a175 SAE: Centralize function for sending initial COMMIT
When performing SAE authentication in mesh, one station may
initiate authentication by sending a COMMIT as soon as a peer
candidate is discovered. Previously we did this in mesh_rsn.c,
but this left some of the state initialization in a different
part of the code from the rest of the state machine, and we may
need to add other initializations here in the future, so move
that to a more central function.

Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2015-01-10 11:43:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a354bcc886 D-Bus: Use NoMemory error message from CreateInterface
Try to be a bit more consistent by using NoMemory instead of InvalidArgs
if os_strdup() fails in the CreateInterface handler.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-09 02:32:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
635874b55a Handle interface disabled/enabled more consistently
It was possible for the interface not to be marked in INTERFACE_DISABLED
state in case the event was processed for P2P GO because the wpa_s
instance could have been removed in case of a separate group interface.
Change the state first to avoid leaving different state for the case
where separate group interface is not used.

Mark scan to be a normal scan on INTERFACE_ENABLED so that scanning
rules (e.g., skip scan if no networks enabled) get used consistently.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-08 22:43:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8f2cf37923 P2P: Indicate reason=UNAVAILABLE for group netdev going down
There is a race condition between receiving an AP stopped event and
netdev down event. These resulted in different group removal reasons on
a GO device (UNAVAILABLE for stop AP event coming first and REQUESTED
for netdev event first). Make this more consistent by reporting
UNAVAILABLE for both possible cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-08 22:43:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a156ffda61 Add support for testing memory allocation failures
The new control interface command TEST_ALLOC_FAIL and GET_ALLOC_FAIL can
now be used to trigger memory allocation failures for testing purposes.
TEST_ALLOC_FAIL sets a failure conditions with
<count>:func[;func][;func]... string and GET_ALLOC_FAIL returns the
current state using the same format. Whenever an allocation is made with
a matching backtrace of calling functions, the count is decremented by
one and once zero is reached, the allocation is forced to fail.

Function names can be prefixed with either '=' or '?' to get different
matching behavior. '=' requires this specific function to be the next
one in the backtrace (i.e., do not skip any other functions in the list
which is the default behavior). '?' allows the function to be optionally
present in the backtrace.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-07 13:19:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
52b3943c94 D-Bus: Fix interface unregistration on error path
It is possible for this function to get called even if D-Bus
registration had failed, so the path can be NULL here.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-07 13:19:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
96dc9a6d42 D-Bus (old): Fix interface unregistration on error path
It is possible for this function to be called even if D-Bus interface
registration has failed. Avoid a D-Bus assert in such a case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-07 13:19:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ef0355780a Fix memory leak on wpa_supplicant_init_wpa() error path
If wpa_sm_init() fails, the context data needs to be freed in the
caller.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-07 13:19:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f2d57282ad D-Bus: Fix string array dict entry parser in out-of-memory case
entry->strarray_value was left to point to freed memory in case
os_realloc_array() failed. This resulted in the following
wpa_dbus_dict_entry_clear() trying to free an already freed memory area.
In addition, the separately allocated strings in the array would have
been leaked in such a case. Furthermore, wpa_dbus_dict_entry_clear() was
not prepared for the possibility of the initial os_calloc() call failing
and entry->strarray_value being NULL without array_len being cleared to
zero. That would have resulted in reading uninitialized memory and NULL
pointer dereference.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-07 13:19:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c61bc23aa2 D-Bus: Fix byte array dict entry parser in out-of-memory case
entry->bytearray_value was left to point to freed memory in case
os_realloc_array() failed. This resulted in the following
wpa_dbus_dict_entry_clear() trying to free an already freed memory area.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-07 13:19:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dacf605812 D-Bus: Fix Introspect() in case of os_strdup() failure
add_interface() did not check for os_strdup() return value and could end
up dereferencing a NULL pointer if memory allocation failed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-07 13:19:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
68a866974b D-Bus (old): Fix wpsReg error message
This was supposed to return WpsRegError, not WpsPbcError.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-07 13:19:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f0614bc6c6 D-Bus (old): Fix message handler error paths
The error reply needs to be sent out as a response. The "out" label was
in incorrect place to allow that to happen; instead, it ended up leaking
memory for the generated reply message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-07 13:19:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a2af1c70c5 D-Bus (old): Fix memory leak on error path
If setSmartcardModules() fails to allocate memory with os_strdup(), the
allocated items in the dict entry were not freed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-07 13:19:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
942b75468d tests: Add module tests for AES-SIV
This moves the AES-SIV test case from tests/test-aes.c to be part of
wpa_supplicant module testing framework with a new
src/crypto/crypto_module_tests.c component. In addition, the second test
vector from RFC 5297 is also included for additional coverage.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 15:50:53 +02:00
Ilan Peer
8b48e32006 wpa_cli: Add MAC address randomization in scan
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-01-04 23:06:31 +02:00
Ilan Peer
fb375883f4 ctrl_iface: Add MAC address randomization in scan processing
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-01-04 23:06:31 +02:00
Ilan Peer
56c76fa592 scan: Add MAC address randomization in scan handling
1. Supported MAC address randomization for scan.
2. Supported MAC address randomization for scheduled scan.
2. Supported MAC address randomization for pno.
4. Add functions to set and clear the MAC address randomization
   state variables.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-01-04 23:06:31 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
7db53bb8c5 wpa_cli: Implement TDLS start/cancel channel switching commands
For the start operation, this includes appropriate parameters for
specifying channel and peer information. The cancel operation includes
peer information.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2015-01-04 21:46:37 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
6b90deae4d TDLS: Propagate enable/disable channel-switch commands to driver
The supplicant code does not try to control the actual channel of the
radio at any point. It simply passes the target peer and channel
parameters to the driver. It's the driver's responsibility to
periodically initiate TDLS channel-switch operations when TDLS
channel-switching is enabled.

Allow enable/disable operations to be invoked via the control interface.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2015-01-04 20:30:11 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
4daa572925 TDLS: Add channel-switch capability flag
Propagate a driver TDLS channel-switch support bit from nl80211 to
TDLS code.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2015-01-04 18:59:31 +02:00
Eliad Peller
8c42b36902 WMM AC: Reconfigure tspecs on reassociation to the same BSS
The specification requires the tspecs to be kept upon reassociation to
the same BSS. Save the last tspecs before such reassociation, and
reconfigure on the association notification.

Note that the current flow is not transparent to the user
(it is notified about deauth/reassoc and tspec removal/addition).

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2015-01-04 18:41:00 +02:00
Eliad Peller
677e7a9582 WMM AC: Do not fail on unknown IEs in Association Response
Some APs add their custom (vendor-specific) IEs to the Association
Response frame. Fail WMM AC initialization only if Association Response
frame IE parsing actually failed, i.e., ignore all unknown IEs.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2015-01-04 18:33:29 +02:00
Eliad Peller
fecc2bb5a8 WMM AC: Delete tspecs on roaming
In case of roaming, we don't get disassoc notification, but
still want to remove the existing tspecs.

Move the wmm_ac_notify_disassoc() call to the state change
function, which get called also on roaming.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2015-01-04 18:32:59 +02:00
Eliad Peller
20fe74561c WMM AC: Print user-priority in wmm_ac_status
The UP is important property of the tspec, so print it as well.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2015-01-04 18:31:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d118a6b8c8 D-Bus: Fix WPS.Start method in AP/P2P GO mode
Previously, role="enrollee" was required to be used to allow the AP mode
WPS operation to be started. This is incorrect since the AP/GO will
operate in Registrar role. Fix this by ignoring the role parameter when
AP (including P2P GO) mode is enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:50:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bd47d68035 WPS: Reject station-mode WPS operations when AP mode is enabled
Start of station-mode WPS PBC/PIN/Registrar/NFC operation would result
in the AP mode getting disabled. This can be particularly confusing for
the P2P GO case where the group would need to be stopped cleanly. As
such, it is better to reject these invalid operations rather than trying
to handle all corner cases needed to allow this to work robustly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:50:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f47a562c73 D-Bus: Move NetworkRequest signal to correct registration array
This is an interface signal, not a global signal, so move it to the
current array for registering the signal.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:50:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
afaa6d99a4 D-Bus: Remove registration of P2PStateChanged signal
This signal is not generated anywhere, so there is no point in claiming
it to be available.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:50:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1a4efde5bd D-Bus: Make P2P Group Passphrase property getter available for P2P Client
There is no need to limit this property based on the role of the device
in the group, so return the passphrase if it is available. It will be
available in GO role and it may be available in P2P Client role based on
whether the peer GO provided it during the WPS provisioning step.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:50:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
20e1d81e09 D-Bus: Fix P2P Group PSK property getter
This was returning a byte array of the pointer to the PSK, not the
actual PSK, due to incorrect use of
wpas_dbus_simple_array_property_getter(). In addition, there is no need
to limit this property based on the role of the device in the group, so
return the PSK if it is available (which it will be for both GO and P2P
Client roles).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:50:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a0caebf397 D-Bus: Simplify out-of-memory reporting
There is no need to have separate wpa_printf() and different error
message strings for the unlikely out-of-error messages. Use a helper
function, wpas_dbus_error_no_memory(), to get consistent behavior with a
one-line call.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:50:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ff1d8104e2 D-Bus: Remove the obsolete notes from wpas_dbus_error_unknown_error()
Commit 6aeeb6fa21 ('dbus: clean up new
D-Bus interface getters and setters') redesigned the property
getter/setter calls in a way that made the
wpas_dbus_error_unknown_error() note about message being NULL in some
cases obsolete. All the remaining callers are from method handler
functions that must have a valid message. Remove the obsolete notes and
unnecessary messsage == NULL check.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:50:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
38279bdb35 D-Bus: Coding style cleanup
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:50:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e3c4f0b5d5 D-Bus: Simplify message building error paths
There is no need to have multiple separate return statements for error
cases in a sequence of operations. In addition, there is not much point
in "converting" boolean return values with "if (!res) return FALSE;
return TRUE;" style constructions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:50:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bba40b65b0 D-Bus: Fix GroupAdd, Invite, RemovePersistentGroup path validation
net_id_str can be NULL and that must be checked for to avoid NULL
pointer dereference if an invalid persistent_group_object path is used
with these methods.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:50:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ce82168b55 D-Bus: Fix error message for Listen() failure
DBUS_ERROR_NO_MEMORY does not look like the best option for the failure
reason in case wpas_p2p_listen() fails.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:50:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
054dc3136f D-Bus: Clean up wpas_dbus_new_decompose_object_path()
None of the new D-Bus interface cases use the bssid_part in
decompose_object_path (while the old interface ones do). As such, this
is dead code and can be removed. In addition, the P2P addition here was
pretty ugly extension. Replace these with a cleaner way of passing the
separating string (e.g., "Networks") from the caller and returning the
requested item.

In addition, there is no need to allocate the returned item separately,
so use a single allocation and a pointer to that allocated memory. This
will make it easier for callers to have to free only a single
allocation. This is also fixing a memory leak in P2P invitation
persistent group case where the caller had missed the need to free the
returned values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:50:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b76ea413b1 D-Bus: Clean up parse_peer_object_path() uses
This helper function does not modify peer_path, so mark it const. In
addition, there is no point in callers to check separately whether
peer_path is NULL since that is taken care of by this helper function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:50:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
509618d35b D-Bus: Remove useless NULL check from static function
The entry argument cannot be NULL in this static function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:50:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d12c08847 D-Bus: Add debug prints for parsing dict entries
This makes it easier to figure out what happens if there are issues with
processing messages.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:50:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
605325fb75 D-Bus: Remove useless wpa_s->conf checks
This cannot be NULL when an interface is in use. There is not much point
in couple of functions checking this while large number of other places
do not.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:50:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
88ce7938b0 D-Bus: Write Get/Set property name in debug log
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:50:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5485798f40 D-Bus: Add more debug prints to cover operations
This adds the message signature to the new D-Bus interface message
handler and similar prints to the old interface messages handlers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:50:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7fbe56b018 D-Bus: Fix property change timer update
eloop_is_timeout_registered() was called with incorrect context argument
which meant that the pending timeout would have never been found.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:50:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3a593ff5b2 D-Bus (old): Fix removeNetwork method to not use freed memory
wpa_supplicant_deauthenticate() call needs to happen before
wpa_config_remove_network(). Freed memory could be dereferenced if
removeNetwork method was issued on the currently connected network.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:50:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f11e797d4c D-Bus: Avoid valgrind warning due to compiler optimization
It looks like both gcc and clang optimize the (entry.type != foo ||
entry.array_type != bar) in a way that ends up evaluating the second
condition even when the first one results in 0. While this is not really
what the C language requirements on short-circuit evaluation require,
the compiler likely assumes this can have no side effects and with both
type and array_type being comparable in a single 64-bit operation, this
can clearly be a bit more efficient. While the code behaves same in both
cases, valgrind does warn about use of uninitialized memory when the
second condition is evaluated (entry.array_type is not initialized if
entry.type != DBUS_TYPE_ARRAY).

To keep valgrind logs cleaner, initialize entry.array_type to
DBUS_TYPE_INVALID so that these compiler optimizations do not result in
reading uninitialized memory.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:50:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
19d4dab759 D-Bus: Avoid compiler warning on sometimes uninitialized variable
The logic in wpas_dbus_signal_p2p_provision_discovery() seemed to imply
that there could be a case where _signal would be used uninitized. While
that is not the case since either (request || !status) or (!request &&
status) would always be true, some compilers do not seem to be clever
enough to figure that out to avoid the warning. Make this easier for
such compilers by removing the (!request && status) condition since it
is identical to !(request || !status).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:48:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bc7baaff24 D-Bus: Make WPAS_DBUS_TYPE_BINARRAY value less confusing
Commit 911e97e400 ('DBus: Refactor array
adding, add binary arrays') introduced WPAS_DBUS_TYPE_BINARRAY as an
internal fake type for array_type. However, it selected this value to be
(DBUS_NUMBER_OF_TYPES + 100) = 116 = 't'. This happens to conflict with
DBUS_TYPE_UINT64 ((int) 't'). While none of the existing array_type use
cases supported UINT64, it is much clearer if WPAS_DBUS_TYPE_BINARRAY
has a value that does not match any existing DBUS_TYPE_* value. Replace
this with '@' (64).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-01 13:51:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f3682dc6f D-Bus: Fix dict binarray getter to accept empty array of array
This is needed to allow Set(P2PDeviceConfig) to clear the
VendorExtension array (i.e., to remove all configured vendor
extensions). Previously, such an attempt was met with a D-Bus assert and
rejection of the operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-31 13:34:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
54e06b4ffb D-Bus: Fix memory leak on P2PDeviceConfig::VendorExtension
The wps_vendor_ext array can be set using D-Bus Set(P2PDeviceConfig)
with the VendorExtension key in the dictionary. However, there was no
code for freeing the allocated memory when the interface is removed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-31 13:07:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
68bb007743 D-Bus: Fix GONegotiationSuccess signal passphrase format
Passphrase is a variable length string of (8..63 characters), not a byte
array of fixed 64 octets.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-31 11:44:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3cccf0b870 D-Bus: Make wpas_dbus_error_scan_error() static
This function is not used anywhere outside this file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-31 11:00:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2544394406 D-Bus: Fix ServiceDiscoveryResponse to accept int32 dialog_token
The ServiceDiscoveryRequest signal uses int32 for encoding dialog_token
for some reason (even though this is a u8 field).
ServiceDiscoveryResponse is supposed to accept the values from the
signal as-is, so extend that to accept int32 in addition to the
previously used uint32.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-31 10:47:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9c4694ce7c D-Bus: Fix memory leaks on AddService/DeleteService error paths
The query and service parameters need to be freed on all paths to avoid
memory leaks in error cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-31 01:05:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b07f1ebe0f D-Bus: Fix .Group Set(WPSVendorExtensions) format
The earlier implementation seemed to require a strange extra
encapsulation with a dictionary for setting the WPSVendorExtensions
property while this was defined to have aay signature and the get
operation did indeed return and array of array of bytes without that
dictionary. Fix this to accept aay format for the setter as well. Keep
support for the old dictionary encapsulation format for backwards
compatibility.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-30 22:22:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8509fb5cce D-Bus: Fix memory leak on P2P GO WPSVendorExtensions
It was possible to add WPS vendor extensions through the D-Bus
WPSVendorExtensions setter, but these extensions were not freed when the
P2P GO was stopped or when replacing previously configured extensions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-30 22:22:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4e70bbf1c6 SAE: Clear keys from memory on disassociation
There is no need to keep temporary keys in memory beyond the end of the
association, so explicitly clear any SAE buffers that can contain keys
as soon as such keys are not needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 20:00:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6df1973988 Clear psk_list while freeing config_ssid instances
Previously, the main PSK entry was cleared explicitly, but psk_list
could include PSKs for some P2P use cases, so clear it as well when
freeing config_ssid instances.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 19:44:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e886c88e95 Explicitly clear the temporary stack-based PSK buffer
There is no need to leave this temporary key in stack memory after
having been configured to the WPA state machine.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 19:44:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
658da804e5 Explicitly clear the temporary stack-based key for WPA-None
There is no need to leave this temporary key in stack memory after
having been configured to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 19:44:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f42df14415 WPS ER: Explicitly clear PSK from stack after use
There is no need to leave the PSK from temporary Credential structure
that was built in stack after that Credential has been passed to the WPS
module.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 19:44:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ce52d031e5 Clear wpa_psk memory when setting up wpa_supplicant AP mode
This is more of a theoretical case since this part is done only during
setup and the structure is not allocated in practice. Anyway,
maintaining more consistent use of bin_clear_free() for structures that
may contain keys is useful.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 19:44:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
74df9c1c43 D-Bus(old): Remove duplicated blob->data check
This was already verified to be non-NULL above and there is no point in
having an extra check after the pointer has already been dereferenced.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8193e01e5b D-Bus(old): Remove unnecessary wpa_supplicant_state_txt() check
This function cannot return NULL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
62856ad989 D-Bus(old): Fix removeNetwork and selectNetwork error handling
wpas_dbus_decompose_object_path() may leave the network part NULL on
unexpected path. This resulted in NULL pointer dereference when
processing an invalid removeNetwork or selectNetwork call. Fix this by
explicitly verifying that the network part was included in the object
path.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
84edd136b5 D-Bus(old): Fix interface to show correct err_msg for blob removal
The "Invalid blob name" string was not shown since the zero-length name
was used regardless of first verifying that it should not be allowed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
91c539c01d D-Bus(old): Fix WPS interface to require BSSID for wpsReg
External WPS Registrar operation requires the BSSID to be specified, so
the old D-Bus interface better apply that requirement as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dddd870d16 D-Bus(old): Fix WPS interface for PIN from wpa_supplicant case
dbus_message_append_args() needs char** and &npin ended up being char*
and resulted in segmentation fault.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f136bc126 D-Bus: Fix P2P persistent group removal from non-D-Bus triggers
It is possible for the persistent group object to be added and removed
by non-D-Bus triggers (e.g., ctrl_iface commands). The add part was
already handled, but removal was not. That resulted in memory leaks when
a P2P persistent group was removed without using an explicit D-Bus
command for this even if the object was added without D-Bus involvement.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d20be3a739 D-Bus: Fix WPS ConfigMethods getter to handle no value properly
wpas_dbus_simple_property_getter() cannot be used with NULL
DBUS_TYPE_STRING, so replace that with an empty string to handle the
case of no config_methods parameter in the configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
11973b2682 D-Bus: Fix P2P peer joined/disconnected handlers
It is possible for the peer to be a non-P2P device and as such, for
p2p_dev_addr to be NULL. This resulted in NULL pointer dereference if
D-Bus interface was enabled for the interface when a legacy STA joined a
group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b8db1dfc5c Clear next_scan_freqs on wpa_supplicant FLUSH command
It was possible for old scan state to remain from a previous test case
when an operation like WNM neighbor scan or another-BSS-in-ESS was
started, but stopped at the end of a test case. This could result in
failures, e.g., when running wnm_bss_tm_req followed by scan_setband.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f4637fe0fd wpa_supplicant: Set stdout line-buffered
This makes wpa_supplicant debug output in stdout line-buffered to remain
consistent with hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
010fa245bd Add QUIET=1 option for make
This can be used to reduce verbosity for build messages.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
49e3eea8d9 Avoid -Wshadow warnings from older gcc versions
It looks like gcc 4.8.2 would warn about these with -Wshadow, but 4.6.3
did.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-26 13:21:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a193231dfb Clean up debug prints to use wpa_printf()
This converts most of the remaining perror() and printf() calls from
hostapd and wpa_supplicant to use wpa_printf().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-26 13:20:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
36f0cf3774 privsep: Fix compilation due to associate() parameter updates
struct wpa_driver_associate_params moved to using struct
hostapd_freq_params instead of just frequency. Need to update wpa_priv
to do same.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-25 16:37:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4a393fe9f8 WPS: Do not indicate PBC overlap for the same BSS
Even if the UUID would have a mismatch, e.g., due to no UUID known for
the target in a new WPS PBC instance, do not indicate PBC session
overlap if the BSSID is same in the two entries. This should not really
happen in normal use cases, but can happen at least in some test
scenarios where the same BSSID is used in consecutive test cases and the
old BSS entry remains in cfg80211 cache.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-25 16:37:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3a322496f9 mesh: Delay Authentication frame process with no_auto_peer
There is a possible race condition between receiving the
NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE event and the Authentication frame from the peer.
Previously, if the Authentication frame RX event was indicated first,
that frame got dropped silently. Now, this frame is still dropped, but a
copy of it is stored and the frame gets processed on the following
NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE event if that is received for the same peer within
two seconds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-23 13:44:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d97a3c4885 SME: Optimize OBSS scanning
Include only the potentially affected channel range in OBSS scans to
reduce the amount of offchannel time needed for scanning when requested
by the AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-22 22:07:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
267ac3bcd6 Add more debug prints for WPA/RSN selection issues for connection
ap_ft_sae test case managed to hit a somewhat unclear error case which
resulted in "WPA: Failed to select WPA/RSN" print and not enough
information to figure out what exactly had went wrong.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-22 13:49:52 +02:00
Masashi Honma
d5b95325de mesh: Fill Number of Peerings field in Mesh Formation Info
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-12-21 23:59:40 +02:00
Masashi Honma
46e8d90f6a mesh: Add debug message when peering limit is reached
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-12-21 23:55:44 +02:00
Masashi Honma
4b4093686b mesh: Make maximum number of peer links configurable
Maximum number of peer links is maximum number of connecting mesh peers
at the same time. This value is 0..255 based on the
dot11MeshNumberOfPeerings range.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-12-21 23:52:31 +02:00
Masashi Honma
9c58c5f72c mesh: Make beacon interval configurable
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-12-21 23:38:20 +02:00
Masashi Honma
3b797130d7 doc: Remove error on document creation
Unexpected trailing zero causes following error.

wpa_supplicant.sgml:472:53:E: character data is not allowed here

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-12-21 23:36:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
422ba11e30 Flush WPS registrar state on wpa_supplicant FLUSH command
This helps hwsim test cases by avoiding undesired state from previously
executed test cases affecting following tests.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-21 17:47:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
209702d4c9 Add possibility to set the setband parameter
Commit faf9a8585d added mechanism for
selecting 2.4 or 5 GHz band for scan operation. However, no mechanism
for setting the setband value was added at that time. This commit adds a
new SET ctrl_iface parameter to allow the setband functionality to be
used. "SET setband <AUTO/5G/2G>" can be used to select all bands, 5 GHz
band only, or 2.4 GHz band only.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-19 22:56:41 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
ee82e33d6a Do not trigger the scan during initialization on Android platforms
Android framework maintains a state to process the scan results after
the scan is issued. If wpa_supplicant issues the scan during the
initialization, the one issued by the framework may fail (with EBUSY) if
the host driver is already processing the scan. Thus, the scan results
returned for the first scan triggered by wpa_supplicant are not
processed for getting displayed resulting in delay for the display of
the first scan results after the Wi-Fi subsystem initialization. Thus,
trigger the scan only based on the framework request on Android.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-19 15:24:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e69ae5ff31 Reject new SCAN commands if there is a pending request
FAIL-BUSY was already returned for the case where a scan had been
started, but with the radio work design, it would have been possible to
schedule multiple scan requests if a non-scan radio work was in
progress. Multiple back-to-back scans are not usually very helpful, so
reject this type of cases where the SCAN command would be used to build
such a sequence.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-19 15:14:38 +02:00
Jithu Jance
49e1e9ca88 P2P: Avoid truncation of long listen operation due to offchan tx
On receiving the cancel remain on channel event, the pending_tx
is scheduled immediately and returned. This was preventing
the wpas_p2p_listen_start function from execution thereby resulting
in termination of the long listen operation.

Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2014-12-18 16:41:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0855e2e188 Do not allow network block scan_freq override SCAN command frequencies
The manual scan operations with the SCAN command are supposed to have
independent set of scan frequencies, so do not allow scan_freq
parameters to override scanned frequencies for scans that were triggered
with a SCAN command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-15 00:55:56 +02:00
Masashi Honma
5b78493f3b mesh: Add mesh interface creation command for mesh gate
The mesh gate is used to bridge (or route) between mesh network and
another network. For example, mesh gate acts as router between mesh
network and IEEE 802.11 BSS network.

This command makes a virtual mesh interface to be used for mesh gate.

This command expects to be used like this.

wpa_cli -i wlan0 MESH_INTERFACE_ADD ifname=mesh0
wpa_cli -i mesh0 add_network
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 ssid '"commell_2X_mmm"'
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 mode 5
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 frequency 2412
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 key_mgmt SAE
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 psk '"01234567"'
wpa_cli -i mesh0 mesh_group_add 0
wpa_cli -i wlan0 mesh_group_remove mesh0

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-12-14 23:27:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e77007132e Extend wpa_supplicant STA* ctrl_iface commands for mesh
Since mesh functionality uses struct hostapd_data to maintain peer
state, the existing STA* control interface commands can be used to
display information about the peers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 20:14:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b0f33467a5 Clean up VHT override max A-MPDU override calculation
There is no need to use runtime call to find_first_bit() to determine
shift amount for a constant integer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 18:48:59 +02:00
Led
2797486c4f Fix bashisms in wps-ap-cli script
Option '-p' of 'read' command may be unsupported in some POSIX-complete
shells. So replace 'read -p' with 'echo -n'/'read' pair.

Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Chumachenko <ledest@gmail.com>
2014-12-14 18:27:54 +02:00
Arkadiusz (Arkq) Bokowy
7b244d577a wpa_gui: Quiet mode - disable tray icon messages
If tray icon messages are perceived as disturbing, one can pass `-q`
parameter on the command line to disable them permanently.

Signed-off-by: Arkadiusz Bokowy <arkadiusz.bokowy@gmail.com>
2014-12-14 17:26:42 +02:00
Arkadiusz (Arkq) Bokowy
2087b64fef wpa_gui: More informative tray icon tool tip message
Show associated network SSID in the tool tip message of the
application's tray icon. When network is not associated, then simple
"(not-associated)" message is shown.

Signed-off-by: Arkadiusz Bokowy <arkadiusz.bokowy@gmail.com>
2014-12-14 17:23:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
81648d0041 SAE: Report connection failure if SME cannot build auth frame
Instead of just stopping connection process and network discovery,
report SAE failures to build Authentication frames (e.g., due to missing
password) as a connection failure to get the normal retry mechanism into
use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 16:48:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e3afd7f6c offchannel: Use wpas_get_tx_interface() src parameter more consistently
Both the wpa_s->pending_action_src and src argument to
wpas_get_tx_interface() were used somewhat randomly. Make this more
consistent since these values are pointing to the same address and the
implementation is easier to understand when it is obvious that there is
only one address being used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 15:47:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
568475b70b HS 2.0: Allow CANCEL_FETCH_OSU to stop at scan completion
There is no need to start the GAS/ANQP fetch if the FETCH_OSU operation
has already been canceled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 02:28:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f77cedc11a WPS ER: Remove unnecessary return value
wps_er_deinit() cannot fail and it does not return anything, so neither
should wpas_wps_er_stop().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 02:28:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5407c69d15 Remove unnecessary STA_AUTOCONNECT handler function
This function could not fail and it can be replaced with a single
line variable update that takes less code than the function call.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-13 19:27:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a1144000cd Remove unnecessary return value
wpa_bss_flush*() cannot fail and as such, there is no need for
wpa_supplicant_ctrl_iface_bss_flush() to return a value either.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-13 19:22:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5ac73acf12 Simplify eapol_sm_get_mib() result handling
This function cannot return negative value, so no need to check for
that. If there is not enough room in the buffer or if something
unexpected happens, 0 is returned.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-13 19:15:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
43a66ecba3 Fix SCAN control interface command error cases
Update the scan parameters in wpa_s only in case the scan command is
going to be executed. In other words, do not change the parameters for
an ongoing scan (the SCAN command is rejected with FAIL-BUSY) or if any
of the parameters is invalid.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-12 01:12:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2961bfa8e1 Remove unused send_eapol() driver op
The send_eapol() callback was used by driver_test.c, but with that
removed, there is no remaining users of the alternative EAPOL frame
transmitting mechanism in wpa_supplicant, i.e., all remaining driver
interfaces use l2_packet instead. Remove the send_eapol() to get rid of
unused code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-11 15:40:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b68d602dc4 Fix ANQP_GET/HS20_GET_ANQP parsing to skip space after address
The space following the BSSID was not skipped properly if the following
parameter started with the "hs20:" prefix. For other cases, atoi() ended
up ignoring the space, but it is cleaner to skip it anyway for all
cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-11 15:18:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
42a697256e P2P: Allow cross connection on the parent interface
Previously, any P2P capable interface was skipped in cross connection
uplink consideration. However, this ends up skipping more or less all
nl80211-based driver cases now since they mark the main interface P2P
capable. Relax this rule to allow the parent interface to be used as the
non-P2P station interface for cross connection purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-10 01:54:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
97cfe110dc Clear wpa_s->disconnected on ctrl_iface FLUSH
This is needed to get into more consistent state after the FLUSH
command. DISCONNECT followed by FLUSH could result in
wpa_s->disconnected being left to 1 and this resulted in a test failure,
e.g., when running wpas_ctrl_dup_network followed by
wpas_ctrl_enable_disable_network where the latter was expecting
ENABLE_NETWORK on a disabled network to connect automatically and that
does not happen if wpa_s->disconnected == 1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-08 16:22:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aaadd72733 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - more checks
Add more os_snprintf() result validation checks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d39977136 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently
While these are using practically large enoungh buffer sizes, it is
better to be more consistent with checking os_snprintf() return value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1f102d3bb0 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - manual
This converts os_snprintf() result validation cases to use
os_snprintf_error() for cases that were note covered by spatch and
semantic patches.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eeab4f2fda Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - automatic 3
This converts os_snprintf() result validation cases to use
os_snprintf_error() where the comparison was 'res > size' instead of
'res >= size - 1'. These changes were done automatically with spatch
using the following semantic patch:

@@
identifier E1;
expression E2,E3,E4,E5,E6;
statement S1;
@@

(
  E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  int E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  if (E5)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  if (E5)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else if (E6)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else
	E1 = 0;
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	return -1;
  }
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else if (E6) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	return -1;
  }
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  }
)
? os_free(E4);
- if (E1 < 0 || (size_t) E1 >= E3 - 1)
+ if (os_snprintf_error(E3, E1))
(
  S1
|
{ ... }
)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7bdd8981f7 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - automatic 2
This converts os_snprintf() result validation cases to use
os_snprintf_error() where the comparison was 'res > size' instead of
'res >= size'. These changes were done automatically with spatch using
the following semantic patch:

@@
identifier E1;
expression E2,E3,E4,E5,E6;
statement S1;
@@

(
  E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  int E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  if (E5)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  if (E5)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else if (E6)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else
	E1 = 0;
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	return -1;
  }
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else if (E6) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	return -1;
  }
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  }
)
? os_free(E4);
- if (E1 < 0 || \( E1 > E3 \| (size_t) E1 > E3 \| E1 > (int) E3 \))
+ if (os_snprintf_error(E3, E1))
(
  S1
|
{ ... }
)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d85e1fc8a5 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - automatic 1
This converts os_snprintf() result validation cases to use
os_snprintf_error() where the exact rule used in os_snprintf_error() was
used. These changes were done automatically with spatch using the
following semantic patch:

@@
identifier E1;
expression E2,E3,E4,E5,E6;
statement S1;
@@

(
  E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  int E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  if (E5)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  if (E5)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else if (E6)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else
	E1 = 0;
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	return -1;
  }
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else if (E6) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	return -1;
  }
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  }
)
? os_free(E4);
- if (E1 < 0 || \( E1 >= E3 \| (size_t) E1 >= E3 \| (unsigned int) E1 >= E3 \| E1 >= (int) E3 \))
+ if (os_snprintf_error(E3, E1))
(
  S1
|
{ ... }
)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a80ba67a26 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - success case
This converts os_snprintf() result validation cases to use
os_snprintf_error() in cases where success condition was used to execute
a step. These changes were done automatically with spatch using the
following semantic patch:

@@
expression E1,E2,E3;
statement S1;
@@

  E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
- if (\( E1 >= 0 \| E1 > 0 \) && \( (size_t) E1 < E3 \| E1 < (int) E3 \| E1 < E3 \))
+ if (!os_snprintf_error(E3, E1))
  S1

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a9aaacbb50 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - maximum length
This adds verification of os_snprintf() result against the maximum
buffer length. These changes were done automatically with spatch
using the following semantic patch:

@@
expression E1,E2,E3;
statement S1;
@@

  E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
- if (\( E1 < 0 \| E1 <= 0 \))
+ if (os_snprintf_error(E3, E1))
(
  S1
|
{ ... }
)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
faebdeaa9e Use os_calloc() instead of os_zalloc()
Automatic changes with spatch using the following semantic patch:

@@
constant C;
type T;
@@

- os_zalloc(C*sizeof(T))
+ os_calloc(C,sizeof(T))

@@
expression E;
type T;
@@

- os_zalloc((E)*sizeof(T))
+ os_calloc(E,sizeof(T))

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c054190603 Fix DUP_NETWORK debug print on error case
Incorrect network id was printed in debug output if DUP_NETWORK
destination network was not found.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
49328f0756 Remove unnecessary ctrl_iface command check
MESH_GROUP_REMOVE always passes in the cmd pointer, so this cannot
really be NULL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d02dcb28bc Remove unnecessary ctrl_iface cmd check
This pointer cannot be NULL sicne it is called only from this file and
with a valid pointer to the received command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:07:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d84416a2af Interworking: Make bounds checking easier for static analyzers
'num * 5 > end - pos' handles bounds checking a bit more efficiently,
but apparently that is not clear enough for all static analyzers.
Replace with 'num > left / 5' to avoid false reports. (CID 68117)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 19:25:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8105821b39 Replace send_ft_action() driver_op with send_action()
This reduced number of unnecessarily duplicated driver interface
callback functions for sending Action frames by using the more generic
send_action() instead of FT specific send_ft_action().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 18:13:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bc0ba01d70 WFD: Allow WFD_SUBELEM_SET/GET all to be used with full IE buffer
This extends the previously used WFD_SUBELEM_SET/GET <subelem id> design
to allow special "all" value to be used as an id to indicate that all
WFD subelements are to be set/get. This uses similar interface as was
previously added over D-Bus.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-05 15:22:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f80936094e WMM-AC: Use DEBUG verbosity for ignoring Action frame messages
There is no point in flooding the log with WARNING or ERROR level
messages if WMM-AC related Action frames are ignored in cases where they
were not expected. In addition, WARNING/ERROR should not really be used
in cases an invalid frame is dropped especially if this is not related
to a security setup since external devices could otherwise generate log
entries.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-05 13:17:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0570a3ea7d HS 2.0: Clarify OSU Provider list length validation
The previous version was somewhat too complex for some static analyzers.
Use local variables for the extracted length fields and explicitly
compare these against the remaining buffer length. (CID 68121)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-05 00:56:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
65d9a5e254 ERP: Add wpa_supplicant ERP_FLUSH ctrl_iface command
This can be used to flush all the ERP keys.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-04 12:16:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
02a8d45ace ERP: Add support for ERP on EAP peer
Derive rRK and rIK on EAP peer if ERP is enabled. The new wpa_supplicant
network configuration parameter erp=1 can now be used to configure the
EAP peer to derive EMSK, rRK, and rIK at the successful completion of an
EAP authentication method. This functionality is not included in the
default build and can be enabled with CONFIG_ERP=y.

If EAP authenticator indicates support for re-authentication protocol,
initiate this with EAP-Initiate/Re-auth and complete protocol when
receiving EAP-Finish/Re-auth.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-04 12:16:29 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
f34891a3af Return only full network line in list_networks
It makes more sense to truncate at line boundary especially with the new
LAST_ID parameter.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-12-03 22:31:53 +02:00
Vinit Deshpande
90903a77ef List all networks despite message limit of 4096 bytes
This change creates 'LIST_NETWORK LAST_ID=x' form to allow
retrieval of all networks saved in the system. Without this form,
only first few (whatever fills in first 4096 bytes) can be
retrieved.

Signed-off-by: Vinit Deshpande <vinitd@google.com>
2014-12-02 23:47:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
44177b69e8 Allow a BSS entry with all-zeros BSSID to expire
wpa_bss_in_use() used to determine that a BSS with BSSID of
00:00:00:00:00:00 is in use in almost every case since either
wpa_s->bssid or wpa_s->pending_bssid was likely to be cleared. This
could result in a corner case of a BSS entry remaining in the BSS table
indefinitely if one was added there with a (likely bogus) address of
00:00:00:00:00:00. Fix this by ignore wpa_s->bssid and
wpa_s->pending_bssid if the BSSID in the BSS table entry is
00:00:00:00:00:00.

In theory, that address is a valid BSSID, but it is unlikely to be used
in any production AP, so the potential expiration of a BSS entry with
that address during a connection attempt would not be a concern
(especially when a new scan would be enough to recover from that).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-02 19:46:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e374522827 Do not start new radio work on scan completion during ext work
Externally triggered scan could result in a new radio work item getting
started even when external radio work was in progress. Delay such start
until the external work is completed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-01 20:17:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4f9a5ea5cc WPS: Fix current_ssid clearing on duplicate network removal
It was possible for the current network profile to be deleted when
merging duplicated WPS credentials. However, this did not clear
wpa_s->current_ssid and it was possible for something else to end up
dereferencing that pointer to now freed memory. This could be hit, e.g.,
with ap_wps_mixed_cred. Fix this by clearing current_ssid also in this
code path similarly to other cases of network block getting removed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-30 15:53:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e4a35f07d9 mesh: Skip fast-association when using connect_without_scan
The mesh group addition was designed to use wpa_s->connect_without_scan
to skip a scan. That path was skipped if wpa_supplicant_fast_associate()
allowed previous scan results to be used. This could result in undesired
double-initialization attempt for the mesh interface. Avoid this by not
using wpa_supplicant_fast_associate() when wpa_s->connect_without_scan
is set.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-30 15:53:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
608b0ff52a mesh: Check for initialization failures
It is possible that these location ended up getting called before mesh
startup operations had been completed and that could result in
dereferencing NULL pointers. Address those error cases by verifying that
the needed parameters are available before using them.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-30 15:53:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9a700ff9ef Ignore auth/assoc timeout events in mesh configuration
It was possible for auth/assoc timeout/failure event from the driver to
result in unexpected processing during mesh group setup if that
operation was started before the previously started driver operation to
association/connect had completed. Since those events cannot happen in
mesh cases, ignore them to avoid issues due to this corner case.

For example, monitor_iface_unknown_sta followed by wpas_mesh_secure test
case resulted in failure without this change.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-30 15:53:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
763041b2e8 mesh: Avoid a false maybe-uninitialized compiler warning
An earlier check of the action_field value above the switch statement
already took care of all other possible cases, but that was apparently
too difficult for the compiler to notice. Bring back the default case to
avoid incorrect warnings about the event variable being maybe
uninitialized.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-30 15:53:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c932b43e56 mesh: Add more debug information to MPM Action frame processing
This makes it easier to figure out why a peering message is dropped.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-28 23:02:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fc0ef7c0e7 Add DATA_TEST_FRAME for testing Data frame processing
The new wpa_supplicant control interface command can be used in
automated testing to verify how AP processes Data frames with arbitrary
contents. This is enabled only in builds with CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-27 23:51:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b925506a91 Clear RSN preauth and PMKSA cache state on FLUSH command
There is no need for this state to maintained when the wpa_supplicant
FLUSH ctrl_iface command is used to request flushing of all state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-27 19:56:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3882a70841 WMM AC: Fix memory leak on deinit without disassoc event
It was possible for wmm_ac_deinit() not getting called when an interface
was removed in a sequence where disassociation was not reported and
wmm_ac_notify_disassoc() did not get called. This resulted in leaking
whatever memory was allocated for WMM AC parameters. Fix that by calling
wmm_ac_notify_disassoc() from wpa_supplicant_cleanup().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-27 19:00:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5214f4fafc Clear scan_req to NORMAL_SCAN_REQ for connection attempt
This is needed to fix some sequencies where a real scan in ap_scan=2
case would be issued even when the connection case would expect direct
connection without a scan.

This fixed an issue shown in hwsim test case autoscan_exponential
followed by ibss_open_fixed_bssid.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-27 17:55:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4e0990dc88 mesh: Send peering close message before leaving mesh
This is needed to allow proper Action frame transmission to work without
having to claim these to be offchannel operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-27 17:12:47 +02:00
Neelansh Mittal
3a7414b6a6 Do not re-open Android control sockets
On Android, the control socket being used may be the socket that is
created when wpa_supplicant is started as a /init.*.rc service. Such a
socket is maintained as a key-value pair in Android's environment.
Closing this control socket would leave wpa_supplicant in a bad state.
When wpa_supplicant re-opens the ctrl_iface socket, it will query the
Android's environment, and will be returned with the same socket
descriptor that has already been closed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-25 17:16:44 +02:00
Masashi Honma
a959a3b69d SAE: Fix Anti-Clogging Token request frame format
This commit inserts Finite Cyclic Group to Anti-Clogging Token request
frame because IEEE Std 802.11-2012, Table 8-29 says "Finite Cyclic Group
is present if Status is zero or 76".

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-25 16:08:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
849367afe9 SME: Fix a sign-compare warning
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-25 01:07:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
158211b2db WNM: Use country code, if available, to help in channel mapping
The country code from the current AP needs to be used in
ieee80211_chan_to_freq() to support cases where non-global operating
class table is used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-24 10:57:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5d017065a0 GAS: Clean up Query Response length validation
Previous version was correct, but apparently too complex for some static
analyzers. (CID 68119)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 21:03:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
355e17eb1b HS 2.0: Clarify OSU Server URI length validation
The previous version was valid, but apparently too complex for some
static analyzers. Use a local variable for uri_len and explicitly
compare it against the remaining buffer length. (CID 68121)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 21:03:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5c58c0ce86 HS 2.0: More explicit hs20_osu_icon_fetch() length validation
The previous version was fine, but too much for some static analyzers to
understand as proper bounds checking. (CID 68122)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 21:03:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fecc09edc3 WNM: Use a clearer validation step for key_len_total
The previous one based on pointer arithmetic was apparently too much for
some static analyzers (CID 68130).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 18:04:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
43aee94899 Interworking: Clearer ANQP element length validation
The upper bound for the element length was already verified, but that
was not apparently noticed by a static analyzer (CID 68128).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 17:41:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f5f3728a81 WNM: Print debug message if Action frame sending fails
This makes wpa_drv_send_action() return value checking more consistent
(CID 75390).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 16:13:50 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
70d1e72849 wpa_supplicant: Handle link measurement requests
Send link measurement response when a request is received. Advertise
only RCPI, computing it from the RSSI of the request. The TX power field
is left to be filled by the driver. All other fields are not published.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:45:07 +02:00
Assaf Krauss
66d2143435 wpa_cli: Add optional ssid to neighbor report request
Add optional 'ssid' parameter to command "neighbor_rep_request".

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:37:49 +02:00
Assaf Krauss
4c4b230527 wpa_supplicant: Add an option to specify SSID in neighbor report requests
Allow supplying an SSID for the SSID IE. If not supplied, no SSID IE is
sent, and the request implies the current SSID.

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:36:42 +02:00
Assaf Krauss
fad14af93a wpa_cli: Add neighbor_rep_request command
Add neighbor_rep_request command to send a Neighbor Report Request
to the associated AP.

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:29:41 +02:00
Assaf Krauss
f4b8bfae15 wpa_supplicant: Add NEIGHBOR_REP_REQUEST command to the control interface
Add NEIGHBOR_REP_REQUEST command to the wpa_supplicant ctrl_iface.
This command triggers the sending of a Neighbor Report Request to the
associated AP.

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:28:52 +02:00
Assaf Krauss
d89c0701db wpa_supplicant: Add support for Neighbor Report
Add the ability to send a Neighbor Report Request (part of
RRM). Requester is then notified once the report arrives.

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:23:14 +02:00
Assaf Krauss
b361d580ec SME: Add RRM support to association request
In case the AP we are associating with advertises support for RRM,
advertise our own RRM support in the (Re)Association Request frame. This
is done by adding an RRM Capabilities IE. The underlying driver is
expected to further add a Power Capabilities IE to the request, and set
the Radio Measurement flag in the Capability Info field. At this point
the RRM Capabilities IE advertises no measurement support.

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:13:45 +02:00
Assaf Krauss
f936b73c4f wpa_supplicant: Store driver's RRM capabilities
Store the RRM capability flags reported by the underlying driver.

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:07:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
75d65857d5 WNM: Use recent scan results on BSS transition request
If the last scans are recent (for now, less than ten seconds old), use
them instead of triggering a new scan when a BSS Transition Management
Request frame is received. As a fallback, allow a new scan to be
triggered if no matches were found.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 20:17:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e1117c1c01 WNM: Optimize BSS transition management scans
When the list of preferred transition candidates is received, use the
identified channels to optimize the following scan so that no time is
wasted on other channels.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 20:17:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d0b9ab69f6 WNM: Move transition candidate list processing to normal scan
This makes it easier to optimize transition request processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 18:40:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
279b5486a6 WNM: Fix TM candidate freeing if multiple requests are processed
The previously cached candidate list needs to be free properly through a
call to wnm_deallocate_memory() to ensure all subelements gets freed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 18:40:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
027454d2e9 WNM: Allow BSS transition request in same ESS even if RSSI is worse
This allows an AP to steer us to another BSS within the ESS even if that
results in reduced signal strength as long as the signal strength with
the target BSS is expected to provide some connectivity.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 18:06:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6900b6d96f WNM: Mark wnm_scan_response() static
This function is not used outside wnm_sta.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 18:06:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ff2c5758bb WNM: Order BSS transmission candidate entries based on preference
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 18:06:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
093226783d WNM: Simplify how candidate subelements are stored
There is no need to use a separately allocated data structures for this.
A bitfield indicating which information is present and variables within
struct neighbor_report are simpler to use and more efficient.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 18:06:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c9af762f3 WNM: Calculate valid-until time for transition candidate list
This is of more use than the raw validity interval (number of beacon
intervals) that was recorded previously.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 18:06:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4c381f0d1c WNM: Convert BSSID Info into a u32
This is more convenient to use than u8 array.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 17:03:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8040dc53c2 WNM: Debug print WNM BSS Transition Candidate List
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 16:34:34 +02:00
Thomas Pedersen
9e5e03d77e Add examples of new mesh options into wpa_supplicant.conf
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
2014-11-20 16:31:09 +02:00
Johannes Berg
83b9d426e0 WMM AC: Notify driver before sending DelTS
Switch the stop and sending DelTS to avoid sending data packets
for the session after the DelTS, which is otherwise possible.

This also helps the mac80211 implementation as it requires stopping the
traffic flow before sending the DelTS as it may modify the AC parameters
for the affected queue, and that may in turn affect management frames.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-16 21:40:57 +02:00
Moshe Benji
8506ea6f17 WMM AC: Add wmm_ac_status control interface command
This wmm_ac_status command will show the current status for WMM AC.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-11-16 21:40:51 +02:00
Moshe Benji
df9d340c80 wpa_cli: WMM_AC_ADDTS and WMM_AC_DELTS commands
wmm_ac_addts command will add (or update) a traffic stream and
wmm_ac_delts command will delete an existing traffic stream.

Each of the above commands will call its corresponding
ctrl_iface command.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-11-16 21:16:03 +02:00
Moshe Benji
eb2f2088aa ctrl_iface: Add wmm_ac_addts and wmm_ac_delts commands
wmm_ac_addts command will add (or update) a traffic stream and
wmm_ac_delts command will delete an existing traffic stream.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-11-16 21:13:42 +02:00
Moshe Benji
d1f880013a WMM AC: Handle TSPEC action frames
Add the TSPEC to the driver on successful TSPEC ADDTS response. Delete
the TSPEC when receiving DELTS action.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-11-16 21:07:08 +02:00
Eliad Peller
674f6c073f WMM AC: Add basic ADDTS/DELTS sending functions
Add basic implementation for ADDTS and DELTS sending
functions.

wpas_wmm_ac_addts() will send ADDTS request public action,
containing TSPEC (traffic stream specification) with
the given params.

wpas_wmm_ac_delts() will look for the saved tspec with
the given tid, and send DELTS public action for it.

(Handling of ADDTS response and actually configuring the admission
control params will be added in following patches.)

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-11-16 21:03:56 +02:00
Moshe Benji
471cd6e10c WMM AC: Add add_tx_ts and del_tx_ts driver ops
Add add_tx_ts() and del_tx_ts() ops to notify the driver about
TSPEC add / delete.

Additionally, add wmm_ac_supported flag to indicate
whether the driver supports WMM AC.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-11-16 20:47:36 +02:00
Moshe Benji
a0413b1734 WMM AC: Parse WMM IE on association
Initialize WMM AC data structures upon successful association
with an AP that publishes WMM support, and deinitialize the data
structure when the association is no longer valid.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2014-11-16 20:47:34 +02:00
Masashi Honma
e609679984 mesh: Make plink params configurable
This patch makes four MIB variables for plink configurable and sets the
correct default values based on IEEE Std 802.11s-2011.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Masashi Honma
0c6099f31b mesh: Check mesh key management method
Signed-off-by: Natsuki Itaya <Natsuki.Itaya@jp.sony.com>
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Masashi Honma
44a1662a50 mesh: Add wpa_cli action script processing for mesh events
Signed-off-by: Natsuki Itaya <Natsuki.Itaya@jp.sony.com>
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Masashi Honma
790709060d mesh: Add scan result for mesh network
Android 4.4 uses "BSS" command instead of "SCAN_RESULT" command.
So this patch add the mesh scan result for BSS command.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Masashi Honma
2b2bb5a8b9 mesh: Make BSSBasicRateSet configurable
STAs that have different BSSBasicRateSet cannot connect to each other
as per IEEE 802.11s-2011 9.6.0c1:

"A mesh STA shall not establish a mesh peering with a mesh STA using a
different BSSBasicRateSet."

Make BSSBasicRateSet configurable to improve interoperability with other
stations.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Javier Lopez
603a3f34c4 Add mesh_group_{add,remove} control interface commands
Parse MESH_GROUP_ADD/REMOVE commands on ctrl interface and call
wpa_supplicant routines. These commands are used to start or
join and leave a mesh network.

The mesh id is given in the configuration file, therefore there is
no need to scan before joining a mesh network. We reuse the
connect_without_scan construct used by P2P for that same purpose.

Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Masashi Honma
798b318223 mesh: Reduce none 11N Self-protected Action frame allocation size
Signed-off-by: Natsuki Itaya <Natsuki.Itaya@jp.sony.com>
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Masashi Honma
9204e73831 mesh: Fix 11N capability in Self-protected Action frame
mesh_ht_mode default value is CHAN_UNDEFINED.
So previous code set 11N capability even though 11N is not used.

Signed-off-by: Natsuki Itaya <Natsuki.Itaya@jp.sony.com>
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Masashi Honma
edfefaed3c mesh: Set driver capability flags to mesh interface
Signed-off-by: Kenzoh Nishikawa <Kenzoh.Nishikawa@jp.sony.com>
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Masashi Honma
eac0231642 mesh: Fix segmentation fault by repeating MESH_GROUP_ADD/REMOVE
Signed-off-by: Natsuki Itaya <Natsuki.Itaya@jp.sony.com>
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Jason Mobarak
5cfb672dde mesh: Enable mesh HT mode
Add a new option "mesh_ht_mode" that specifies the HT mode for the
mesh, with this option on, mesh beacons, actions frames, and probe
responses with include the appropriate HT information elements.

[original implementation by Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>]
[some fixes by Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>]
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok.dragon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Chun-Yeow Yeoh
c596f3f083 mesh: Add timer for SAE authentication in RSN mesh
Add timer to do SAE re-authentication with number of tries defined
by MESH_AUTH_RETRY and timeout defined by MESH_AUTH_TIMEOUT.

Ignoring the sending of reply message on "SAE confirm before commit"
to avoid "ping-pong" issues with other mesh nodes. This is obvious when
number of mesh nodes in MBSS reaching 6.

Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Thomas Pedersen
0f950df029 mesh: Add mesh robust security network
This implementation provides:

- Mesh SAE authentication mechanism
- Key management (set/get PSK)
- Cryptographic key establishment
- Enhanced protection mechanisms for robust management frames

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
2014-11-16 19:43:06 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
88cb27c7a5 hostapd: Add wowlan_triggers config param
New kernels in wiphy_suspend() will call cfg80211_leave_all() that will
eventually end up in cfg80211_stop_ap() unless wowlan_triggers were set.
For now, use the parameters from the station mode as-is. It may be
desirable to extend (or constraint) this in the future for specific AP
mode needs.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-11-16 17:09:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
087a1f4efd Suite B: PMKID derivation for AKM 00-0F-AC:11
The new AKM uses a different mechanism of deriving the PMKID based on
KCK instead of PMK. hostapd was already doing this after the KCK had
been derived, but wpa_supplicant functionality needs to be moved from
processing of EAPOL-Key frame 1/4 to 3/4 to have the KCK available.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-16 17:09:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
666497c8e6 Suite B: Add AKM 00-0F-AC:11
This adds definitions for the 128-bit level Suite B AKM 00-0F-AC:11. The
functionality itself is not yet complete, i.e., this commit only
includes parts to negotiate the new AKM.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-16 13:20:51 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
d10792199e Add CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-FAILED notification in case of scan failure
This is needed since the SCAN command with radio work returns before the
actual driver operation to trigger a scan has been executed and as such,
cannot return result of that operation.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-11-15 11:03:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ee231fdb2b Remove completed to-do items
While this file has not really been updated in years, some of the
completed items can easily be removed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-01 16:24:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
01b32d5e36 Remove references to madwifi from various files
Number of documentation and configuration files had references to the
madwifi driver interface that was removed in the previous commit. Remove
these references as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-01 16:15:53 +02:00
Slava Monich
c66f23491e dbus: Fix memory leak in wpas_dbus_getter_bss_wps
Signed-off-by: Slava Monich <slava.monich@jolla.com>
2014-11-01 15:56:14 +02:00
Martin Kletzander
6721909fb1 wpa_gui: Use dialog window type
This helps window managers treat the window properly. Mostly tiling WMs
are affected by this. All other windows inherit this option from QDialog
already.

Signed-off-by: Martin Kletzander <mkletzan@redhat.com>
2014-11-01 15:55:49 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
477b082cc4 P2P: Do not consider the p2p_scan results after p2p_stop_find
If p2p_stop_find is issued after the p2p_scan request is triggered to
the host driver, the obtained scan results are also considered to update
the P2P peer entries. This is not always desired behavior, i.e., it can
be clearer if no P2P-DEVICE-FOUND events are generated based of that
final pending scan.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-31 00:50:01 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
e7ce540239 P2P: Delay scan operation only when P2P is not in search state
With the radio work interface in place, station interface SCAN command
was not scheduled (i.e., it got continously delayed with "Delay station
mode scan while P2P operation is in progress") when a p2p_find was
operational. Fix this be delaying station mode scan only when a P2P
operation is in progress, but not in search state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-31 00:49:14 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
b951a97454 P2P: Set p2p_scan_running based on driver scan request result
With the radio work interface, the actual request to start p2p_scan
operation is scheduled from a radio work and hence the initial return
value cannot provide the real result of the driver operation to trigger
a scan. Introduce a new notification API to indicate the scan trigger
status based on which the p2p_scan_running instance can be set using the
real return value from the driver operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-31 00:05:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3586d55a5d P2P: Do not call wpas_p2p_disconnect_safely() if no match is found
In theory, wpas_p2p_disconnect_safely() could have dereferenced the
wpa_s == NULL argument, but in practice, it won't due to the
calling_wpa_s == wpa_s check and wpas_p2p_disconnect() accepting NULL.
Anyway, it is cleaner to add an explicit check for this. (CID 74492)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-28 01:50:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a7f5271d52 Update pending connect radio work BSS pointer on scan update
It is possible for scan result processing or BSS entry removal to occur
while there is a pending connect or sme-connect radio work with a
previously selected BSS entry. The BSS pointer was previously verified
to be valid, i.e., still point to a BSS entry, at the time the actual
connection operation is started. However, that BSS entry could have
changed to point to another BSS if the old BSS entry was either removed
or reallocated and a new BSS entry was added at the same location in
memory. This could result in the connection attempt failing to configure
parameters properly due to different BSS information (e.g., different
BSSID).

Fix this by updated the pending connect radio work data on BSS entry
updates similarly to how the last_scan_res array was updated. If the
selected BSS entry is removed, this will still result in a failed
connection, but reallocated BSS entry is now followed properly and used
when the connection work starts.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-28 00:43:58 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
7465640066 Invoke connect work done for all the connection failure cases
This commit fixes couple of connection failure paths where
wpas_connect_work_done() was not called, thus enabling the radio work
interface to proceed with the other queued actions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-27 20:19:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
76d81b3272 WPS: Fix ap_scan=2 special association case
Commit 22628eca34 ('Support driver-based
BSS selection in ap_scan=1 mode') ended up disabling the special
ap_scan=2 WPS case where ap_scan=1 like scan followed by association is
used to find the WPS AP using wildcard SSID. Fix this by allowing
association request even with wpas_driver_bss_selection() when searching
for a WPS AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-27 20:13:39 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
745d62322b dbus: Redirect P2P request to the managment device if present
In case of a P2P management device being present, it will be up to that
interface to handle P2P requests.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-10-27 17:15:09 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
bb3df9a569 notify: Do not raise any signal from a P2P management interface
Such interface is not registered on DBus, thus there is no need to raise
any signal from it.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-10-27 17:15:09 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
21efc940f6 wpa_supplicant: Do not register a P2P management interface on DBus
DBus client should always request the proper netdev interface. This will
be necessary to get a consistent behavior whatever driver is in use:
iwlwifi (which requires a P2P mgmt dev), ath9/10k (which does not),
etc...

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-10-27 17:15:09 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
5aa839c80b wpa_supplicant: Parent interface should know about its dedicated P2P dev
This will be useful to hand-off P2P commands from the parent interface
to its dedicated P2P device if that one is present, in DBus interface.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-10-27 17:15:09 +02:00
Ahmad Masri
d77419d234 P2P: Support GCMP as part of 60 GHz support
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-27 17:15:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bd43e67e59 Avoid unsigned vs. signed comparison warning
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-26 17:01:37 +02:00
Ilan Peer
1170239efa P2P: Save group common frequencies in invitation result
Save the group common frequencies when starting a GO due to
an invitation signaling requesting to re-invoke a persistent GO.

To do so, move the code that handles the translation of p2p_channels to
frequency list into a public function so it can be re-used both when GO
Negotiation is done and invitation signaling is done.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-10-26 01:24:28 +03:00
Ilan Peer
20beb96ff9 P2P: Save group common frequencies
Once a P2P GO interface is configured, save the group common
frequencies, as this can be useful later for channel selection
considerations during channel switch, etc.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-10-26 01:24:13 +03:00
Ilan Peer
0a44358055 wpa_supplicant: Use the 'no_ir' notation
Use the 'no_ir' notation instead of the 'passive scan' and
'no_ibss' notations to match the earlier change in nl80211.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-10-26 01:23:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f94e4ee3e Add test functionality to simulate driver increased ROC duration
The extra_roc_dur parameter can now be used in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y
builds to simulate driver behavior where the ROC duration gets increased
without user space request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-25 21:46:38 +03:00
Mikael Kanstrup
431dd8bb11 P2P: Use neg_freq when re-establish persistent group as GC
When GC receives invitation response and tries to re-establish
connection to a persistent group channels from passive list should
be allowed. A missing check for operation mode triggered reselection
of operating channel from active channels only to happen and thus fail
the connect attempt.

Add a check for operation mode and if GC instead use negotiated
frequency (i.e. GO operating channel from invitation response).

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2014-10-25 18:52:22 +03:00
Jason Abele
fbca4c893d mesh: Implement mesh scanning
When mesh is configured in, include the wildcard mesh id so that mesh
networks are returned.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Abele <jason.abele@gmail.com>
2014-10-25 17:45:35 +03:00
Jason Abele
d73b3f2ea0 mesh: Use mesh id instead of SSID in BSS table
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Abele <jason.abele@gmail.com>
2014-10-25 17:45:35 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
07cb45ccb2 mesh: Add no_auto_peer config option
Add no_auto_peer parameter, which controls wheter a station will
automatically initiate peering to another mesh peer that comes into
range.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
2014-10-25 17:45:35 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
476e6bb68d mesh: Add mesh mode config option
Modify network mode to support mode number 5 when CONFIG_MESH is
enabled.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
2014-10-25 17:45:35 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
a3335ef518 mesh: Avoid join if already joined a mesh group
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
2014-10-25 17:45:35 +03:00
Bob Copeland
5f92659d88 mesh: Add mesh peering manager
The mesh peering manager establishes and maintains links among
mesh peers, tracking each peer link via a finite state machine.

This implementation supports open mesh peerings.

[assorted fixes from Yu Niiro <yu.niiro@gmail.com>]
[more fixes from Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>]
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok.dragon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-hostap: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-25 17:45:31 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
e45e898970 mesh: Add user_mpm config option
Add user_mpm config parameter, when this is set to 1 (the default) the
peer link management is done on userspace, otherwise the peer management
will be done by the kernel.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
2014-10-25 17:43:24 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
8319e3120d mesh: Add mesh mode routines
Add routines to (de)initialize mesh interface data structures and
join and leave mesh networks.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
2014-10-25 17:43:20 +03:00
Jason Abele
638d945679 mesh: Show [MESH] flag in scan results
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Abele <jason.abele@gmail.com>
2014-10-25 13:45:05 +03:00
Jason Abele
be6b29f63d Add SAE and FT/SAE into scan results info
These key management options were missing from the previous set of
parsed information in scan results.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Abele <jason.abele@gmail.com>
2014-10-25 13:45:01 +03:00
Eliad Peller
04ee647d58 HT: Let the driver advertise its supported SMPS modes for AP mode
Add smps_modes field, and let the driver fill it with its supported SMPS
modes (static/dynamic). This will let us start an AP with specific SMPS
mode (e.g., dynamic) that will allow it to reduce its power usage.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-10-24 01:25:29 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
eac687ee7d dbus: Do a full P2P find as it is in ctrl_iface.c
So the behavior is consistent whatever interface is in use.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-10-24 00:57:45 +03:00
Chet Lanctot
b41f26845a Add support for offloading key management operations to the driver
This commit introduces a QCA vendor command and event to provide an
option to use extended versions of the nl80211 connect/roam operations
in a way that allows drivers to offload key management operations to the
driver/firmware.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-23 18:38:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7475d299ab P2P: Search all 2.4 GHz social channels regardless of disallow_freq
Commit 1595eb93ae ('P2P: Add support for
60 GHz social channel') had an unintended change to how P2P search scans
2.4 GHz social channels. Use of p2p_supported_freq() to filter the list
of social channels ended up using the disallow_freq setting to remove
social channels from the P2P search scans. This is not desired since
peers need to be found on any of the social channels even if those
channels have been disabled from P2P operating channel use. Restore the
previous behavior by included all the 2.4 GHz social channels in P2P
search scans if the driver indicated support for the 2.4 GHz band.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-22 20:02:48 +03:00
Kyeyoon Park
ec8f36afca AP: Add support for BSS load element (STA Count, Channel Utilization)
The new "bss_load_update_period" parameter can be used to configure
hostapd to advertise its BSS Load element in Beacon and Probe Response
frames. This parameter is in the units of BUs (Beacon Units).

When enabled, the STA Count and the Channel Utilization value will be
updated periodically in the BSS Load element. The AAC is set to 0 sinze
explicit admission control is not supported. Channel Utilization is
calculated based on the channel survey information from the driver and
as such, requires a driver that supports providing that information for
the current operating channel.

Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-21 23:25:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c3c4b3ed3b P2P: Support dynamic addition of P2P Device triggering interface
This moves the addition of P2P Device interface into
wpa_supplicant_add_iface() so that this operation can be done
dynamically when adding an interface to an already running
wpa_supplicant process.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-21 17:35:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
26fc96e89b P2P: Remove all child interfaces when removing the parent
This is needed to allow dynamic removal of an interface that adds the
P2P Device interface without leaving behind the management interface
with invalid wpa_s->parent pointer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-21 17:35:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5f797376f2 tests: Make RELOG command use global control interface
This allows RELOG to be used even if a wpa_supplicant process does not
have any interfaces configured.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-20 12:52:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4a6cc86272 Add data test functionality
It is now possible to run hwsim_test like data connectivity test through
wpa_supplicant/hostapd control interface if CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y is
used for the build. Test functionality is enabled/disabled at runtime
with "DATA_TEST_CONFIG <1/0>". The "DATA_TEST_TX <dst> <src> <tos>"
command can be used to request a test frame to be transmitted.
"DATA-TEST-RX <dst> <src>" event is generated when the test frame is
received.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-19 20:51:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2d6ee86f9b HS 2.0R2: Write OSEN key_mgmt value to config file
This was forgotten when the parser for key_mgmt=OSEN was added.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-19 12:58:13 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
d3fd563f46 Write SAE and FT-SAE key_mgmt to config
This was forgotten when the key_mgmt parser for SAE and FT-SAE was
added.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
2014-10-19 12:58:13 +03:00
Bob Copeland
6c1664f605 nl80211: Add new commands to support mesh interfaces
Create init_mesh, mesh_join, and mesh_leave actions to kernel.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-19 12:58:13 +03:00
Bob Copeland
24bd4e0be5 nl80211: Add driver flag to indicate mesh support
Convert the driver flags variable to u64 since there was no room for
more flags.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-19 12:58:13 +03:00
Bob Copeland
f7072600be Implement RFC 5297 AES-SIV
Add an implementation of Synthetic Initialization Vector (SIV)
Authenticated Encryption Using the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES).

This mode of AES is used to protect peering frames when using
the authenticated mesh peering exchange.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-19 12:43:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f2b3acc9d7 P2P: Fix group interface removal through interface ctrl_iface
It was possible to issue the P2P_GROUP_REMOVE command through the
per-interface control interface. This resulted in freed memory getting
accessed when trying to send the control interface response to the
operation that ended up deleting the group interface. Fix this by
postponing the removal operation until the caller has returned.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-18 16:22:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bc26ac50dd SAE: Add support for PMKSA caching on the station side
This makes wpa_supplicant SME create PMKSA cache entries from SAE
authentication and try to use PMKSA caching if an entry is found for the
AP. If the AP rejects the attempt, fall back to SAE authentication is
used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-18 13:02:02 +03:00
Justin Shen
3f7ac05878 WPS: Extend startWhen to 2 if peer AP supports WPS 2.0
Increase EAPOL startWhen to 2 for the case where the AP/GO has
advertised it supports WPS 2.0. This is done to make it less likely for
the EAPOL-Start frame to be sent out since that is only required for WPS
1.0. Not sending it can remove one unnecessary round trip from the EAP
exchange when the AP is going to start with EAP-Request/Identity
immediately based on the Association Request frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-13 12:24:17 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
a62941415a P2P: Remove unreachable code in wpas_p2p_stop_find()
Commit 152cff6ba6 ('P2P: Remove
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT option') removed the only non-zero return from
wpas_p2p_stop_find_oper(), but did not remove the useless return value
or the return check in wpas_p2p_stop_find(). Clean these up by removing
unreachable code and useless return value.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-10-12 18:34:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2d4e9c2eb8 Include ieee802_11_common.c in wpa_supplicant build unconditionally
This is needed for number of items and it was possible to make a build
configuration that did not include ieee802_11_common.c while still
trying to use functions from there. While it would be possible to add
NEED_80211_COMMON=y to all the cases where this file is needed, the
extra complexity from this is not really justifiable anymore, so include
the file unconditionally.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-12 17:03:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3eafc494d8 Fix CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING=y build
ht_supported() was used but not defined in such a case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-12 17:02:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cd3153a983 Fix build without IEEE8021X_EAPOL
The MACsec addition placed one of the calls outside the #ifdef
IEEE802X_EAPOL block while the variable needed for this was defined only
within the block.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-12 16:56:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
34d45ea0b6 P2P: Add new=0/1 flag to P2P-DEVICE-FOUND events
This information can be used to determine whether the event is generated
for a new peer that was added or due to an update in the information for
an existing peer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-12 16:45:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
07e2de3193 wpa_supplicant: Allow OpenSSL cipherlist string to be configured
The new openssl_cipher configuration parameter can be used to select
which TLS cipher suites are enabled for TLS-based EAP methods when
OpenSSL is used as the TLS library. This parameter can be used both as a
global parameter to set the default for all network blocks and as a
network block parameter to override the default for each network
profile.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-12 11:55:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e3a451118e eapol_test: Check inet_aton() result
This makes code more consistent (CID 72676).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-11 19:45:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4debeb42a6 WFD: Use cleaner bounds checking for sub-element length field
Mark the variable as unsigned and make the length check use "len > end -
pos" version to makes this easier to understand for static analyzers
(CID 74155).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-11 18:40:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c061ae590a P2P NFC: Make code easier for static analyzers
len + pos > end comparison here did verify that the length field had a
valid value, but that did not seem to enough to avoid TAINTED_SCALAR
warning. Re-order that validation step to be equivalent "len > end -
pos" to remove these false positives (CID 68116).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-11 18:34:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
01b3bbfc66 test: Remove driver_test.c
The driver_test.c driver wrapper (-Dtest in wpa_supplicant and
driver=test in hostapd) was previously used for testing without real
Wi-Fi hardware. mac80211_hwsim-based tests have practically replaced all
these needs and there has been no improvements or use for driver_test.c
in a long while. Because of this, there has not really been any effort
to maintain this older test tool and no justification to change this
either. Remove the obsoleted test mechanism to clean up the repository.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-11 17:46:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6cbdb0c537 Set WoWLAN triggers only if driver capabilities are known
Previously, wpas_set_wowlan_triggers() could have been called in
uninitialized wpa_driver_capa data if the driver interface did not
support reporting of capabilities. While this would not really happen
with a driver wrapper that implements set_wowlan() and as such, would
not cause any difference in practice, it is better to clean this up to
make the code path easier to understand for static analyzers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-11 12:38:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9d4ff04af3 Add external EAPOL transmission option for testing purposes
The new ext_eapol_frame_io parameter can be used to configure hostapd
and wpa_supplicant to use control interface for receiving and
transmitting EAPOL frames. This makes it easier to implement automated
test cases for protocol testing. This functionality is included only in
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-10 18:40:57 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
61fc90483f P2P: Handle improper WPS termination on GO during group formation
A P2P Client may be able to connect to the GO even if the WPS
provisioning step has not terminated cleanly (e.g., P2P Client does not
send WSC_Done). Such group formation attempt missed the event
notification about started group on the GO and also did not set the
internal state corresponding to the successful group formation.

This commit addresses the missing part by completing GO side group
formation on a successful first data connection if WPS does not complete
cleanly. Also, this commit reorders the STA authorization indications to
ensure that the group formation success notification is given prior to
the first STA connection to handle such scenarios.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-10 18:40:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
58b40fdbfd P2P: Clear p2p_go_group_formation_completed on GO start
Previously, this variable did not necessarily get cleared between group
formations and could result in some of the workaround operations from
not being executed after the first group formation when using the same
interface for all P2P groups. Fix this by clearing the variable whenever
starting the GO to make sure it is used consistently for each group
formation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-10 15:53:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c155305fd3 Complete sme-connect radio work when clearing connection state
It was possible for local deauthentication request to leave sme-connect
radio work running even when there was no ongoing effort to complete the
connection anymore. Clean this up by marking sme-connect radio work
item, if any, done when clearing connection state after such
disconnection during connection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-10 01:33:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
debb2dacac P2P: Report group removal reason PSK_FAILURE in timeout case
It was possible for group formation timeout to be the trigger for
detecting the second PSK/4-way handshake failure. If that happened, the
special reason=PSK_FAILURE was not used in the P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event
even though P2P-PERSISTENT-PSK-FAIL did get reported. Fix this special
case by replacing the reason code with PSK_FAILURE if the PSK failure
timeout gets registed as part of the disconnection processing in the
formation timeout handler.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-10 01:31:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5cb1440361 Update ChangeLog files for v2.3
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-09 17:41:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c5f258de76 wpa_cli: Use os_exec() for action script execution
Use os_exec() to run the action script operations to avoid undesired
command line processing for control interface event strings. Previously,
it could have been possible for some of the event strings to include
unsanitized data which is not suitable for system() use. (CVE-2014-3686)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-09 17:38:25 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
1236eda131 Android: Remove ctrl_interface=wlan0 from config template
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-10-07 00:43:50 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
9ffd512924 Android: Set pmf=1 to default template
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-10-07 00:43:50 +03:00
Toby Gray
45d8501555 Fix out of bounds memory access when removing vendor elements
Commit 86bd36f0d5 ("Add generic
mechanism for adding vendor elements into frames") has a minor bug
where it miscalculates the length of memory to move using
os_memmove. If multiple vendor elements are specified then this can
lead to out of bounds memory accesses.

This patch fixes this by calculating the correct length of remaining
data to shift down in the information element.

Signed-off-by: Toby Gray <toby.gray@realvnc.com>
2014-10-07 00:43:47 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
dc152f32b4 wpa_supplicant: Enable HT for IBSS
Enable HT20 for IBSS when HT is supported by the driver.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2014-10-04 18:54:22 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
4ec68377ef wpa_supplicant: Use hostapd_freq_params in assoc_params
Use hostapd_freq_params instead of simple frequency parameter for driver
commands. This is preparation for IBSS configuration to allow use of
HT/VHT in IBSS.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2014-10-04 18:43:42 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
1274ec2329 dbus: Add an interface configuration entry to set the WPS methods
It is thus possible to restrain WPS methods to prefered ones, like PBC
only, etc.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-10-04 18:29:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f1a613118e P2P: Use only the -m config for P2P management device
Previously, the case of non-netdev P2P management device ended up
pulling in both the main interface (e.g., wlan0) and P2P Device
interface (from command line -m argument) as configuration. Similarly,
the main interface ended up included both configuration files. This is
not really helpful for various use cases, e.g., when permanent P2P group
information is stored in the P2P Devince interface, but it gets
duplicated in the main station interface configuration.

Clean this up by changing the -m<file> argument to replace, not
concatenate, configuration information. In other words, the main station
interface will not read this configuration and the P2P Device interface
(non-netdev) does not read parameters from the station interface
configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-03 22:50:21 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
08d7665c6b TDLS: Use WMM IE for propagating peer WMM capability
Relying on qos qosinfo is not enough, as it can be 0 for WMM enabled
peers that don't support U-APSD. Further, some peers don't even contain
this IE (Google Nexus 5), but do contain the WMM IE during setup.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2014-10-03 11:52:56 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
984dadc23a TDLS: Set the initiator during tdls_mgmt operations
Some drivers need to know the initiator of a TDLS connection in order
to generate a correct TDLS mgmt packet. It is used to determine
the link identifier IE. Pass this information to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2014-10-03 11:52:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a313d17de9 Extend random MAC address support to allow OUI to be kept
mac_addr=2 and preassoc_mac_addr=2 parameters can now be used to
configure random MAC address to be generated by maintaining the OUI part
of the permanent MAC address (but with locally administered bit set to
1). Other than that, these values result in similar behavior with
mac_addr=1 and preassoc_mac_addr=1, respectively.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-30 00:40:23 +03:00
Ahmad Masri
1595eb93ae P2P: Add support for 60 GHz social channel
Support 60 GHz band in P2P module by selecting random social channel
from all supported social channels in 2.4 GHz and 60 GHz bands.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-29 12:01:46 +03:00
Bojan Prtvar
b6ebdfbedd Extend STATUS command with frequency information
This makes 'wpa_cli status' command more versatile.

Signed-off-by: Bojan Prtvar <bojan.prtvar@rt-rk.com>
2014-09-28 20:47:06 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
6a60488745 dbus: Add a global property to set or unset WFD IEs
This permits to set or unset the WiFi Display subelements from DBus, by
providing the full WFD specific IE frame.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-09-28 20:47:06 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
4bd7e1614f wifi_display: Add a utility function to set WFD subelements from IEs
This will be useful to update the WFD subelements from DBus.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-09-28 20:46:49 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
d4177443d4 wifi_display: Add a utility function to get the sub-elements as IEs
This will be useful for DBus API to expose current WFD configuration.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-09-28 19:22:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6e252b0db3 WPS: Fix WPS-in-search check when STA_AUTOCONNECT is disabled
If "STA_AUTOCONNECT 0" has been used to disable automatic connection on
disconnection event and the driver indicates multiple disconnection
events for the disconnection from the current AP when WPS is started, it
could have been possible to hit a case where wpa_s->disconnected was set
to 1 during WPS processing and the following scan result processing
would stop the operation.

wpa_s->key_mgmt == WPA_KEY_MGMT_WPS check was trying to avoid to skip
autoconnect when WPS was in use, but that does not seem to work anymore.
Fix this by checking through wpas_wps_searching() as well to avoid
setting wpa_s->disconnect = 1 when there is an ongoing WPS operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-28 11:03:48 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
e5fdc05dce P2P: Remove unecessary sanity check for global p2p
This check is already being done on wpas_p2p_deinit_iface.
Of course, it is assumed wpa_s is not deinit when reaches
that point as a matter of fact.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-09-28 11:03:48 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
ee285df457 P2P: Flush services based on global p2p init and not p2p ifaces
As P2P service are not necessarily attached to a iface, when
added, proceed with same approach on p2p global deinit. Such
approach solves memory leaks ocurring upon wpa_supplicant
termination, when p2p services were registered previously.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-09-28 11:03:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c267753ba2 Add support for using random local MAC address
This adds experimental support for wpa_supplicant to assign random local
MAC addresses for both pre-association cases (scan, GAS/ANQP) and for
connections. MAC address policy for each part can be controlled
separately and the connection part can be set per network block.

This requires support from the driver to allow local MAC address to be
changed if random address policy is enabled. It should also be noted
that number of drivers would not support concurrent operations (e.g.,
P2P and station association) with random addresses in use for one or
both.

This functionality can be controlled with the global configuration
parameters mac_addr and preassoc_mac_addr which set the default MAC
address policies for connections and pre-association operations (scan
and GAS/ANQP while not connected). The global rand_addr_lifetime
parameter can be used to set the lifetime of a random MAC address in
seconds (default: 60 seconds). This is used to avoid unnecessarily
frequent MAC address changes since those are likely to result in driver
clearing most of its state. It should be noted that the random MAC
address does not expire during an ESS connection, i.e., this lifetime is
only for the case where the device is disconnected.

The mac_addr parameter can also be set in the network blocks to define
different behavior per network. For example, the global mac_addr=1 and
preassoc_mac_addr=1 settings and mac_addr=0 in a home network profile
would result in behavior where all scanning is performed using a random
MAC address while connections to new networks (e.g.,
Interworking/Hotspot 2.0) would use random address and connections to
the home network would use the permanent MAC address.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-27 20:07:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fee354c74d nl80211: Add command for changing local MAC address
This can be used to allow wpa_supplicant to control local MAC address
for connections.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-27 19:11:24 +03:00
Ahmad Kholaif
79e2b1cc54 Add PMKSA_FLUSH ctrl_iface command
"PMKSA_FLUSH" can now be used to flush PMKSA cache entries over the
control interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-27 10:44:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
55c2bfa9eb wpa_cli: Support action scripts with global ctrl_iface
This extends "wpa_cli -a<action script>" functionality to work with the
global wpa_supplicant control interface. The IFNAME=<ifname> prefix is
removed from the event messages and converted to the control interface
name when present. Previously, action scripts could only be used with
the per-interface control interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-26 15:45:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
063f85043d wpa_cli: Increase event buffer size to 4096 bytes
Number of other buffers were already increased to this size, but the
buffer used for receiving unsolicited event messages from wpa_supplicant
(e.g., for wpa_cli action scripts) was still at the older 256 byte size.
This could result in some events getting truncated. Avoid this by using
the same 4096 byte buffer size here as in the other places receiving
messages from wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-26 15:45:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fa0e91767d wpa_cli: Fix PING in interactive mode with ifname_prefix
The ifname_prefix string could change during line editing and the
periodic PING command running in the background ended up getting the
latest snapshot of the command line due to the pointer being left to
point to the edit buffer. This resulted in unexpected prefix strings
getting used with the periodic PING command. Fix this by temporarily
clearing the ifname_prefix whenever running such a periodic PING.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-26 15:45:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
068e38771e STA: Update scan results for ap_scan=1 skip-selection case also
The commit 5cd4740580 has rearranged the
update scan results code and hence the IEs were not getting updated
properly for ap_scan=1 case. This can result in a 4-way handshake
failure in the roaming case (IE mismatch in 3/4 EAPOL). Fix this by
updating the scan results even if ap_scan=1 is used and network does not
need to get reselected based on association information.

Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-13 17:31:58 +03:00
Dan Williams
7a4a93b959 dbus: Add SignalPoll() method to report current signal properties
Analogous to the control interface's SIGNAL_POLL request.

Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2014-09-13 17:21:54 +03:00
vandwalle
a6ab82d7b4 Android: Add NO_EVENTS parameter to status command
It also allows to use the STATUS command with default behavior,
say for debug, i.e., don't generate a "fake" CONNECTION and
SUPPLICANT_STATE_CHANGE events with the new STATUS-NO_EVENTS case.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-09-13 17:03:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
df2508d7a8 P2P: Check os_get_random() return value more consistently
In theory, this call could fail, so check the return value before using
the received data. These specific cases would not really care much about
the failures, but this keeps the code more consistent and keeps static
analyzer warnings more useful. (CID 72678, CID 72679, CID 72680,
CID 72683, CID 72689, CID 72698, CID 72703)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-13 16:27:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0ef023e478 Add support for driver command to update roaming policy
The network block bssid parameter can be used to force a specific BSS to
be used for a connection. It is also possible to modify this parameter
during an association. Previously, that did not result in any
notification to the driver which was somewhat problematic with drivers
that take care of BSS selection. Add a new mechanism to allow
wpa_supplicant to provide a driver update if the bssid parameter change
for the current connection modifies roaming policy (roaming
allowed/disallowed within ESS).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-11 15:59:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
76db5b6b12 Work around broken AP PMKSA caching implementation
An interoperability issue with a deployed AP has been identified where
the connection fails due to that AP failing to operate correctly if
PMKID is included in the Association Request frame. To work around this,
allow EAPOL-Start packet to be transmitted on startWhen reaching 0 even
when trying to use PMKSA caching. In practice, this allows fallback to
full EAP authentication if the AP/Authenticator takes more than 1-2
seconds to initiate 4-way handshake for PMKSA caching or full EAP
authentication if there was no PMKSA cache match.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-08 17:18:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b08d5fa793 WPS: Set EAPOL workarounds dynamically based on association
Previously, the shorter startWhen value was used based on build
parameters (i.e., if WPS was enabled). This is not really ideal and the
knowledge of WPS use can be provided to the EAPOL state machine to allow
this (and similar WPS workarounds) to be done only when the association
is for the purpose of WPS.

Reduce the default startWhen value from 3 to 2 seconds for non-WPS case
since WPS builds have likely received most testing for the past years
with the 1 second value and there is no strong justification for forcing
the longer 3 second wait should a frame be lost or something else
require the EAPOL-Start to initiate operation after a connection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-08 17:16:04 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
abc05534aa Remove WPA_EVENT_SCAN_STARTED message from MSG_INFO log
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-09-07 19:54:39 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
c45dabb855 P2P: Deauth p2p client just after dbus notify
Currently to signal PropertiesChanged upon group client
removal (group property), wpa_supplicant dbus uses wpa_s
members like go_dev_addr and current_ssid, for instance.
Thus, deferring p2p client deauth to after dbus notify,
but keeping the same order as before, solves the issue,
as wpa_s is not yet completely deinitialized.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-09-07 19:50:32 +03:00
Dan Williams
3bd3257a0a dbus: add BSS Age property to indicate last-seen time
"Age" is the age in seconds since the BSS was last seen, and is
emitted as a PropertyChanged signal whenever the BSS is updated
from a scan result. It also returns the correct age when queried
directly.

This property can be used to resolve issues where, if no other
properties of the BSS changed from scan results (for example,
if the BSS always had 100% signal) no D-Bus signals would be
emitted to indicate that the BSS had just been seen in the scan.

Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2014-09-07 19:18:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cb5ef952c8 SME: Verify that os_get_random() succeeds for SA Query
Be more consistent on checking os_get_random() return value (CID 72706).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-07 18:27:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5e62cfdf75 P2P: Verify that os_get_random() succeeds
Be more consistent with os_get_random() use (CID 72710).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-07 18:05:53 +03:00
Edhar, Mahesh Kumar
1c2aa04c96 P2P: Do not add P2P IEs on P2P disabled interface
While building Association Request frame IEs we should consider adding
P2P IEs only on interface where P2P functionality is enabled. Consider
per interface p2p_disabled parameter before adding P2P IEs to complete
the checks for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-02 11:04:26 +03:00
Hu Wang
e5a4b85b2f WPS: Merge mixed-WPA/WPA2 credentials if received in same session
Some deployed APs send two credentials when in mixed-WPA/WPA2
configuration; one for the WPA-Personal/TKIP and the other for
WPA2-Personal/CCMP. Previously, this would result in two network blocks
getting added for the single AP. This can be somewhat confusing and
unnecessary, so merge such credentials into a single one that allows
both WPA and WPA2 to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-08-29 20:25:18 +03:00
Chandrasekaran, Manishekar
4e5367516b P2P: Overwrite pending interface only after verifying BSS entry
Previously, the P2P Interface Address of the peer gets updated in the
peer table every time based on the scan results.

For example, in a two port concurrency scenario, where the peer device
has two interfaces with unique P2P Interface Addresses and with same P2P
Device Address, based on the Probe Response/Beacon frames from these two
interfaces, their peer table gets updated, but each of these updates
happens in the peer table only based on the P2P Device Address. So, the
same peer's P2P Interface address is updated every time and hence, at
any instant, only one P2P Device Address to P2P Interface Address
mapping entry exist in the peer table for the peer which has two
interfaces.

When we try to join a group operated by the peer, lookup happens in the
peer table and when an interface entry is not available, the pending
interface address gets overwritten with the P2P Device Address and hence
the P2P connection can fail. Since the BSS table is the one that is
up-to-date, this fix will ensure that the interface overwriting will
happen only when there is no BSS entry for the pending P2P Interface
Address as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-08-26 18:58:54 +03:00
Bojan Prtvar
1cc0d6a0eb wpa_supplicant: Use freq_list scan filtar in sched_scan
Global freq_list scan filtar was taken into account only by
req_scan and not by req_sched_scan. We want to allow the user
to limit the channels that wpa_supplicant will scan in req_sched_scan
requests as well.

Signed-off-by: Bojan Prtvar <bojan.prtvar@rt-rk.com>
2014-08-12 16:44:04 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
4aa9c156e5 dbus: Close dbus dict just after appending data
Before fixing this issue, calling wpas_dbus_getter_p2p_device_config
was causing early termination of dbus connection, due to writing
values to an already closed dict.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-08-10 11:29:49 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
af65bc36bb P2P: Use ssid instead of wpa_ssid to find GO iface
In order to find a GO interface, there has to be a
comparison among two SSIDs, instead of a wpa_ssid and
a ssid.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-08-10 11:04:08 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
4a0693a4d5 dbus: Declare and implement GroupFinished as for GroupStarted
First for better concistancy but also to tell about the group_object
that is getting removed, thus the client will know about it and will be
able to act accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-07-31 17:20:56 +03:00
Jithu Jance
2fa980f0f1 P2P: Cancel pending action TX radio work on p2p_cancel
When p2p_cancel is invoked while the GO Negotiation Action TX was
pending, the p2p_send_action_work was not getting cleared.

Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2014-07-31 17:13:46 +03:00
Philippe Nunes
8b627b7c47 Fix writing of the wowlan_triggers parameter
The parameter wowlan_triggers is a global string and is not recognised
if it is embraced with double-quotes.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Nunes <philippe.nunes@linux.intel.com>
2014-07-31 17:03:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8b65fefeed Interworking: Remove unnecessary placeholder for PAME-BI
The PAME-BI bit in the Advertisement Protocol element is reserved for
non-AP STA, so this function will never set that bit to one and as such,
there is not much point in maintaining the placeholder dead code for
this either. (CID 68107)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-26 20:28:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
52f4abfd06 P2P: Remove PSK/passphrase from P2P-GROUP-STARTED debug log entry
The PSK/passphrase are needed for the control interface events since the
upper layer UI component is required by the specification to be able to
make this available for manual configuration. However, this is not
needed in the INFO verbosity level debug entry, so split the event
generation into two parts.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-26 13:26:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f8723e1e9f P2P: Use a helper function for P2P_EVENT_GROUP_STARTED events
This makes it easier to change the event message message for indication
when P2P group has stated and removes some duplicated code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-26 13:25:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
71a0e395b9 P2P: Make unrecognized vendor elements available in P2P_PEER
This allows external programs to use vendor specific information from
P2P peers without wpa_supplicant having to be able to parse and
understand all such vendor specific elements.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-08 15:57:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
86bd36f0d5 Add generic mechanism for adding vendor elements into frames
This adds following new control interface commands to allow arbitrary
vendor elements to be added into number of frames:

VENDOR_ELEM_ADD <frame id> <hexdump of elem(s)>
VENDOR_ELEM_GET <frame id>
VENDOR_ELEM_REMOVE <frame id> <hexdump of elem(s)>
VENDOR_ELEM_REMOVE <frame id> *

The following frames are supported in this commit (additional frames can
be added in the future):

0 = Probe Request frame in P2P device discovery
1 = Probe Response frame from P2P Device role
2 = Probe Response frame from P2P GO
3 = Beacon frame from P2P GO
4 = PD Req
5 = PD Resp
6 = GO Neg Req
7 = GO Neg Resp
8 = GO Neg Conf
9 = Invitation Request
10 = Invitation Response
11 = P2P Association Request
12 = P2P Association Response

One or more vendor element can be added/removed with the commands. The
hexdump of the element(s) needs to contain the full element (id, len,
payload) and the buffer needs to pass IE parsing requirements to be
accepted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-07 12:25:09 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
4ed3492206 PNO: Send Probe Request frames only for hidden SSIDs
Previously, offloaded scanning (PNO) on Android was including SSIDs from
all enabled networks regardless of the scan_ssid parameter which
resulted in different behavior for the offloaded case when comparing to
wpa_supplicant initiated scans.

Use the sched_scan match filter to allow broadcast SSID to be used for
scan_ssid=1 networks also with PNO to avoid running active scans for
SSIDs that have not been explicitly marked as requiring an SSID-specific
scan. This reduces exposure of configured network names on the device
when running offloaded scans while the host device is in sleep.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-07-03 16:44:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8931a36ca4 P2P: Add explicit check for ssid->p2p_client_list != NULL
This would not really be needed since these functions check the pointer
above. However, this seems to be too difficult for some static analyzer,
so add the extra check to avoid false reports.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-03 00:53:13 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
e376290c66 HS 2.0R2: Add update_identifier field to network
This can be used to configure a Hotspot 2.0 Release 2 network externally
for a case where wpa_supplicant-based Interworking network selection is
not used and the update_identifier cannot be copied directly from a
cred.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-07-02 14:01:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5bc285716e Fix some sparse warnings about u16 vs. le16
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-02 13:34:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
42619d68a6 Fix CTRL-EVENT-REGDOM-CHANGE event init= value
Incorrect field was used to determine the init=<value> in the regulatory
domain changed control interface event.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-02 13:09:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a520bf4aeb Mark function static
This function is not used outside this file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-02 13:08:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0cb79d355a dbus: Fix indentation level to match code logic
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-02 13:03:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8f03ac9007 Mark functions static
These functions are not used outside this file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-02 13:03:22 +03:00
Li Jianyun
6891f0e6f4 Allow SCAN command to specify scan_ssid=1 SSIDs
The new "scan_id=<comma separated list of network ids>" parameter can
now be used to specify a list of network ids that have scan_ssid=1 to
indicate active scanning of the SSID. This adds the listed SSIDs to the
scan command to allow manual scan requests to perform active scans for
hidden SSIDs. For example, "SCAN scan_id=1,7,11" would run a scan with
the SSID fetched from the configured network blocks 1, 7, and 11
(assuming those are set with scan_ssid=1). The SSIDs will be included
even from network blocks that are currently disabled.

The maximum number of SSIDs added to the request is limited by the
driver support. If more than supported values are specified, the command
will fail (returns "FAIL").

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-02 12:52:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
19c48da06b Clear wpa_supplicant configuration keys explicitly
Use an explicit memset call to clear any wpa_supplicant configuration
parameter that contains private information like keys or identity. This
brings in an additional layer of protection by reducing the length of
time this type of private data is kept in memory.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5dbbf36916 Interworking: Remove unnecessary dead increment
build_root_nai() will not be extended to write something after the
domain, so there is no need to update the pos pointer after the final
os_snprintf() call in the function. Remove this to make a static
analyzer happier.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a1e46f320d Check for no key_mgmt/proto/auth_alg entries in config writer
This is not really necessary check, but it keeps a static analyzer
happier by avoiding dead increment. Doing it this way rather than
removing the increment is less likely to cause problems when new entries
are added here in the future (the "dead" increment would be very much
needed in those cases).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
290ea6a76e Remove unnecessary tracking of first entry
The pointer to the current position is enough to figure out whether the
proto string is the first one in the buffer. Removing the separate
tracking variable cleans up a static analyzer warning on dead
assignment.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d3fa2bbb02 WFD: Explicit limit for subelement length (CID 68127)
This adds an explicit limit for the maximum Wi-Fi Display subelement
length for ASCII hexdump. This would not really be needed since the
buffer is already limited by maximum frame length. Anyway, since this
can make static analyzers happier and the subelement used with this
function is short, we may as well include an explicit check.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
745ef18478 HS 2.0: Verify assoc_req_ie buffer size for indication elements
While the buffer is expected to be large enough for all the IEs, it is
better to check for this explicitly when adding the HS 2.0 Indication
element. (CID 68601)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
010fc5f507 dbus: Clean up array-array-type property getter
The previously used design was a bit too complex for static analyzers
(e.g., CID 68131, CID 68133) to understand which resulted in false
warnings about uninitialized memory. Avoid this by explicitly
initializing the pointer array to NULL and also skipping any invalid
NULL entry in the helper function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-29 18:20:13 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
ea18024d78 dbus: Add PropertiesChanged signal to Peer object
This signal will be thrown when a Peer joins or leaves a group.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-06-29 17:28:14 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
bf035663c9 dbus: Remove GroupMember object type and use Peer instead
GroupMember is unusable in itself and all the necessary informations are
stored in Peer objects, thus replace the use of GroupMember by Peer.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-06-29 17:19:12 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
17a37d7110 dbus: Add a Groups property to a Peer object on which it belongs
If only the Peer is part of one or more group, this property will tell
those via listing their object paths.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-06-29 17:09:32 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
6f04642fe3 P2P: Add utility functions to get GO/client interface
This will be useful for a peer to know if it is part of a group either
as a client of our local GO or as the peer GO.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-06-29 17:00:55 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
1de809e152 eapol_test: Fix -R option to not replace -s option value
Commit e9852462d5 ('eapol_test: Add PC/SC
reader and PIN command line arguments') did not add break to the switch
statement for the new -R command line option.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-06-28 10:51:29 +03:00
Johannes Berg
57a8f8af38 nl80211: Use low-priority scan for OBSS scan
Some drivers may support low-priority scans, if they do then
use that for OBSS scanning.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-22 00:47:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1b928f96b6 P2P: Allow passphrase length to be configured
Previously, eight character random passphrase was generated
automatically for P2P GO. The new p2p_passphrase_len parameter can be
used to increase this length to generate a stronger passphrase for cases
where practicality of manual configuration of legacy devices is not a
concern.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-22 00:15:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e9852462d5 eapol_test: Add PC/SC reader and PIN command line arguments
The new command line arguments -R<reader> and -P<PIN> can now be used to
specify which PC/SC reader (prefix match) and PIN are to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-21 22:46:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5a620604f8 Use pcsc_reader configuration in one for scard_init() call
This allows PC/SC reader to be identified with the pcsc_reader
configuration parameter.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-21 22:45:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3302b7c29f Rate limit SA Query procedure initiation on unprotected disconnect
There is no need to trigger new SA Query procedure to check the state of
the connection immediately after having performed such a check. Limit
the impact of burst of unprotected Deauth/Disassoc frames by starting a
new SA Query procedure only once at least 10 seconds has passed from the
previous SA Query that was triggered by reception of an unprotected
disconnection. The first SA Query procedure for each association does
not follow this rule to avoid issues with test cases that expect to see
an SA Query every time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-06-19 20:56:32 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
38ddccae8f TDLS: Add ctrl_iface option for flushing all TDLS peers
"TDLS_TEARDOWN *" can now be used to tear down the direct links to all
TDLS peers. This is useful for debugging purposes.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2014-06-16 23:43:46 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
947f900fb8 TDLS: Handle unreachable link teardown for external setup
If a link is unreachable, the specification mandates we should send a
teardown packet via the AP with a specific teardown reason. Force this
by first disabling the link and only then sending the teardown packet
for the LOW_ACK event.

Rename the TDLS LOW_ACK event handler to better reflect its purpose.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2014-06-16 23:34:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fa21e6c35b Fix CONFIG_MODULE_TESTS=y build without CONFIG_P2P=y
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-15 19:35:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bd10d93891 P2P: Clean up by moving ifdef CONFIG_P2P to p2p_suppplicant.h
This removes number of unnecessary #ifdef CONFIG_P2P blocks from generic
code by hiding the conditional build into p2p_supplicant.h with empty
inline functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-15 19:31:53 +03:00
Ilan Peer
e3bd6e9dc0 P2P: Use another interface operating channel as listen channel
Performing a P2P Device flow such as p2p_listen or
p2p_find, can degrade the performance of an active interface
connection, if the listen frequency is different than the
frequency used by that interface.

To reduce the effect of P2P Device flows on other interfaces,
try changing the listen channel of the P2P Device to match the
operating channel of one of the other active interfaces. This change
will be possible only in case that the listen channel is not forced
externally, and will be delayed to a point where the P2P Device
state machine is idle.

The optimization can be configured in the configuration file and
is disabled by default.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-06-15 00:46:11 +03:00
Ilan Peer
28812a8983 P2P: Try using one of the social channels for GO
In case there is no preference for the GO operating channel,
try using one of 1, 6, 11 (randomly), and only if the random
selection is not suitable traverse all the channels 1..11.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-06-15 00:33:52 +03:00
Avraham Stern
0a816e8cbf P2P: Remove duplicated code from get_shared_radio_freqs_data()
Remove the seperation between getting the local interface frequency and
other interfaces frequencies since going over all the radio interfaces
includes the local interface.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2014-06-15 00:21:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
504df28a1d Remove unused dump_freq_array()
This function is not used anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-15 00:21:41 +03:00
Ilan Peer
a0c90bb073 P2P: Collect and use extended data on used frequencies
When the number of frequencies supported by the kernel is bigger than
one, and there is a need to pick a frequency for a new flow such as P2P
GO Negotiation or P2P Invitation, the flow should be able to pick the
best frequency among all the frequencies currently used by the device.

In order to prioritize between the currently used frequencies, add
the ability to collect additional data about each used frequency
(if the frequency is used by a station interface or P2P Client)
and when needed select the best frequency, where:

1. Infrastructure interfaces have highest priority
2. P2P Client interfaces have higher priority over AP/GO
   interfaces.

The rational is that the frequency of an AP/GO can change while
that of a station interface cannot.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-06-15 00:21:40 +03:00
Avraham Stern
b278f323ed P2P: Remove unused code from get_shared_radio_freqs_data()
Remove the check for get_radio_name support from
get_shared_radio_freqs_data() since get_radio_name is no longer in use
in this function.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2014-06-15 00:21:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
25be28a375 dbus: Check return value more consistently (CID 62841)
Most of these calls are checked to return success and there is no reason
why these wouldn't, so be more consistent. This addresses CID 62841,
CID 62840, CID 62839, CID 62838, CID 62837, CID 62836.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-14 12:32:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f62415df8a Note chmod() failure in debug log even in ignore case (CID 62843)
If this chmod() call fails, the global control interface is allowed to
be used since there was no change to its group. Anyway, it can be
helpful to note the error case in debug log instead of silently ignoring
it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-14 12:32:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
49d13df63c P2P: Fix wfd_dev_info parsing for P2P-DEVICE-FOUND (CID 68127)
Commit b125c48fce ('P2P: Add wfd_dev_info=
field for device found event') added Wi-Fi Display device info to the
P2P-DEVICE-FOUND events. However, it did not include proper bounds
checking in wifi_display_subelem_hex() and could accept subelements with
invalid length field values. This could result in buffer read overflow
of up to 64 kB and inclusion of heap memory in the local control
interface event and/or process crash due to invalid memory access. Fix
this by checking the validity of the length field before writing a
hexdump of the data.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 15:25:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1851e17a64 dbus: Clean up P2P group vendor ext getter
The vendor_ext[i] = NULL setting did not make any sense since
num_vendor_ext should have been used to index the vendor_ext array. The
old code did not do any harm since i >= num_vendor_ext and none of the
already set entries could have been cleared. Anyway, better clean this
by making it skip the setting to NULL similarly to what was already done
in the P2P peer vendor ext getter.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:48:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
137ff332fd HS 2.0R2: Fix OSEN IE parsing for in cipher setup (CID 68132)
The OSEN code path hardcodes number of struct wpa_ie_data items.
However, it did not clear the full structure and some uninitialized
fields could have been used (e.g., ie.mgmt_group_cipher for a debug
print and ie.capabilities for checking MFPC). Fix this by clearing the
ie data before filling in the hardcoded OSEN values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:36:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2703fb4ad9 WNM: Use cleaner way of generating pointer to a field (CID 68100)
The Action code field is in a fixed location, so the IEEE80211_HDRLEN
can be used here to clean up bounds checking to avoid false reports from
static analyzer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:27:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fb5d417178 P2P: Use cleaner way of generating pointer to a field (CID 68096)
The Action code field is in a fixed location, so the IEEE80211_HDRLEN
can be used here to clean up bounds checking to avoid false reports from
static analyzer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:27:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
35c03184df P2P: Use cleaner way of generating pointer to a field (CID 68095)
The Action code field is in a fixed location, so the IEEE80211_HDRLEN
can be used here to clean up bounds checking to avoid false reports from
static analyzer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:27:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e987c70c85 dbus: Add explicit break statements to switch-default
There were couple of missing breaks in switch-default (before/after).
While these did not have any noticeable issues due to falling over to
the next step that just exited from the switch statement, it is cleaner
and more robust to have each case use an explicit break.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:27:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6446420b24 dbus: Initialize temporary entry properly (CID 62877)
The tmpentry variable was not initialized and
_wpa_dbus_dict_entry_get_byte_array() does not set tmpentry.type, so it
would have been possible for the error path to end up trying to free
unexpected type of an entry or not free the memory at all.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:27:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
70d9537361 Use clearer way of getting pointer to a frame (CID 62835)
This avoids an incorrect ARRAY_VS_SINGLETON report for a case where a
pointer is taken to the specified field in a frame and not to a single
octet. Bounds checking was already handled separately.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:27:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e87e798b5 Fix HS20_GET_NAI_HOME_REALM_LIST hex length check (CID 68108)
Due to an incorrect operation (MOD vs. AND), the code that was supposed
to return an error if the hex string has odd length was not really
reporting any failures. Instead of reporting an error, the invalid
control interface command would have been truncated. This is not an
issue in practice, but better fix the implementation anyway.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-12 19:45:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
beb9e1171e dbus: Avoid theoretical memory leaks with duplicated dict entries
If a dict would include duplicated items, the parsing code here would
have leaked memory by overwriting old os_strdup() result with the new
one. Fix this by explicitly freeing the previous entry. This addresses
CID 62852, CID 62851, CID 62850, CID 62849, CID 62847, CID 62846.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-12 19:45:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ceb4cd89c9 dbus: Fix a potential double-free in on error path (CID 62880)
It would have been at least theoretically possible to hit the first
error in the loop and end up jumping to error handling which would call
os_free(value) without the value having been cleared after the os_free()
call at the end of the previous loop iteration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-12 19:45:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5519241676 GAS: Limit TX wait time based on driver maximum value
The GAS query TX operation used a fixed wait time of 1000 ms for the
reply. However, it would be possible for the driver to not support this
long remain-on-channel maximum. Limit this wait time based on driver
support, if needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-06-12 10:56:06 +03:00
Nirav Shah
d3b204694a P2P: Make the default p2p_find delay value configurable
This makes the p2p_find default delay value configurable as
p2p_search_delay parameter through the configuration file (and through
control interface "SET p2p_search_delay <value>" on the P2P management
interface.

This parameter controls the number milliseconds of extra delay that is
added between search iterations when there is a concurrent operation in
progress. This can be used, e.g., p2p_search_delay=100 to make p2p_find
friendlier to concurrent operations by avoiding it from taking 100% of
the radio resources. The default value is the previous default, i.e.,
500 ms. Smaller values can be used to find peers more quickly at the
cost of larger effect to concurrent operations while a larger value
leaves more time for the concurrent operations at the cost of making
device discovery take longer time.

The optional p2p_find delay argument can still be used to override the
search delay for each search operation.

Since the P2P_CONCURRENT_SEARCH_DELAY macro is not used anymore, the
driver specific build parameter for bcmdhd from Android.mk is also
removed. Similar configuration can now be achieved with
p2p_search_delay=0 in the p2p0 interface configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-06-09 19:43:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a01acc50d5 Check for EVENT_ASSOC data to be present for AP mode operation
wpa_supplicant_event() is required to include the event data for AP mode
events. In theory, a non-AP mode event could be sent here from the
driver wrapper, so reject such event.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-07 19:15:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0bbaa9b93f Validate driver extended capabilities length against buffer length
Prepare for new extended capabilities bits by checking that the local
buffer is large enough to contain all the bits the driver requests. The
existing buffers are large enough to include anything defined until now,
but it would be possible to add more definitions in the future, so
increase them a bit as well to make this more future proof.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-07 16:35:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9c6c5589e0 Interworking: Reject EAP configuration with unsupported inner method
Instead of allowing the connection attempt to occur with an unsupported
inner method, check for that explicitly at the time the network block is
added and drop the network if the identified inner method is not
supported.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-07 16:18:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f2ca0e9770 Check eap_get_name() return against NULL to silence static analyzer
This cannot really be NULL in practice since cred->eap_method would
point to a valid EAP method. Anyway, to avoid false positive from
analyzers, check the pointer explicitly before printing it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-07 15:42:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fb958ea76e Check current_ssid on unexpected association event
This is mainly to keep static analyzers silent since it does not look
like this code path can be reached in practice due to the way
association events are handled and current_ssid is either set before
resched here or the association is rejected. Anyway, if this could be
reached, the wpa_supplicant_set_wpa_none_key() call would end up
dereferencing a NULL pointer, so add an explicit check to make sure that
does not happen.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-07 13:32:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6a98f67369 ChangeLog entries for v2.2
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-06-04 16:08:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d4b951f31b Fix offchannel TX not to retransmit pending frame on callback
If the offchannel TX frame command was offloaded to the driver in
offchannel_send_action(), we must not send another copy of the frame if
a remain-on-channel event happens to be delivered between this TX
command and the matching TX status event. It was possible for the
duplicated frame to cause problems, e.g., with P2P invitation exchange
if the same Invitation Request frame got sent twice and only the first
one getting accepted by the peer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-06-04 16:07:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
df48efc5ab Fix external radio work stopping to not read freed memory
The dynamically allocated struct wpa_external_work contains the name of
the radio work in the type field and this is used in a debug print
within radio_work_done(). Re-order radio_work_done() and os_free() calls
on couple of paths where the memory was freed before that final user of
the buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-31 22:58:51 +03:00
Amit Khatri
9a17b36e55 tests: Makefile change avoiding compiler error for module test
wpa_supplicant was giving below error when "CONFIG_MODULE_TESTS=y" and
"CONFIG_P2P=y" are in .config file:
"wpas_module_tests.c:84: undefined reference to `wps_module_tests'"

This error is coming because "CONFIG_WPS=y" is commented out in .config
file but CONFIG_WPS is getting enabled by CONFIG_P2P in Makefile.

Signed-off-by: Amit Khatri <amit.khatri@samsung.com>
2014-05-31 13:36:59 +03:00
Mikael Kanstrup
b77aeae732 Interworking: Re-trigger scan if no connect attempt is done
For one specific case when running with Interworking enabled the
re-initialisation of the scan timer is missing. This makes auto connect
to a configured network fail.

The case is:
- Interworking credentials available, but do not match
- Auto interworking is enabled (auto_interworking=1)
- Interworking auto select is disabled (i.e., this is from
  auto_interworking=1, not from INTERWORKING_SELECT auto)
- No configured (enabled and non blacklisted) networks are present
  in scan results list with full match
- Interworking finds matching networks (it does not do full security
  policy match)

This patch covers the case and re-initialises the scan timer to allow
search for a suitable network to continue.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2014-05-31 13:23:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2d2dd488be tests: Add module tests for src/common
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-28 00:56:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
829a1b3296 P2P: Clear p2p_auth_invite after each persistent group invitation
This makes the operations more consistent when going through multiple
persistent group re-invocation sequences in a row. Each invitation needs
to be accepted separately if persistent reconnect is not enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-27 12:09:25 +03:00
Boris Sorochkin
e403ba859e Parse DMG capabilities when reporting to external interfaces
This adds [DMG] and [PBSS] flags for scan results and BSS table entries
using the IEEE Std 802.11ad-2012 updated definition of the Capability
field.

Signed-off-by: Boris Sorochkin <qca_bsoroc@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-26 23:35:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8860e0f47c tests: Add printf encoding/decoding module tests
This replaces tests/test-printf.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-26 17:21:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7bb70909a2 Add DRIVER_EVENT AVOID_FREQUENCIES for testing
This can be used to simulate driver events indicating frequencies to
avoid.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-26 17:21:44 +03:00
Masashi Honma
f0356ec85c eloop: Add epoll option for better performance
This patch adds epoll option for the eloop implementation. This can be
selected with the CONFIG_ELOOP_EPOLL=y build option.

[merit]
See Table1.

Table1. comparison table
+--------+--------+-----------+------------+-------------+
|        | add fd | remove fd | prepare fd | dispatch fd |
+--------+--------+-----------+------------+-------------+
| select | O(1)   | O(1)      | O(N)       | O(N)        |
+--------+--------+-----------+------------+-------------+
| poll   | O(1)   | O(1)      | O(N)       | O(N)        |
+--------+--------+-----------+------------+-------------+
| epoll  | O(1)   | O(1)      | 0          | O(M)        |
+--------+--------+-----------+------------+-------------+
"add fd" is addition of fd by eloop_sock_table_add_sock().
"remove fd" is removal of fd by eloop_sock_table_remove_sock().
"prepare fd" is preparation of fds before wait in eloop_run().
"dispatch fd" is dispatchment of fds by eloop_sock_table_dispatch().
"N" is all watching fds.
"M" is fds which could be dispatched after waiting.

As shown in Table1, epoll option has better performance on "prepare fd" column.
Because select/poll option requires setting fds before every select()/poll().
But epoll_wait() doesn't need it.

And epoll option has also better performance on "dispatch fd" column.
Because select/poll option needs to check all registered fds to find out
dispatchable fds. But epoll option doesn't require checking all registered fds.
Because epoll_wait() returns dispatchable fd set.

So epoll option is effective for GO/AP functionality.

[demerit]
The epoll option requires additional heap memory. In case of P2P GO, it is
about 8K bytes.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-05-16 18:25:51 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
68d270069f dbus: No need to recompute group object path on GroupStarted signal
The group object is already registered on DBus at that point, thus wpa_s
structure holds its path already.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-05-16 18:20:17 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
f3734e2377 dbus: Provide the P2P Device Address from the relevant structure
Fixes a minor mistake: the p2p_info structure should be used here
instead of the peer_handler_args one.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-05-16 18:19:37 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
e956b830fc dbus: Fix interface DeviceFound signal specification
DeviceFound does not provide any properties, just the peer object path.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-05-16 18:19:10 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
fc591a771c dbus: Declare GONegotiation signals properly
These signals delivers an array of key/value pairs, thus declaring those
as it should.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-05-16 18:18:39 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
b19c098e75 Send authentication failure reason in wpas_auth_failed()
"WRONG_KEY"   - possibly wrong psk
"AUTH_FAILED" - authentication failure
"CONN_FAILED" - continiuos connection failure

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-05-16 18:08:39 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
5516ed32c5 WPS: Deinit before wpas_p2p_disconnect()
When there is a pending WPS negotiation for P2P and signal interrupt is
triggered, invalid read occurs in wpas_wps_terminate_pending() if
wpas_p2p_disconnect() removed the interface. Inverting deinit order
solves the issue.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-05-16 01:03:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e9eb648e0e P2P: Reject P2P_FIND and P2P_LISTEN on disabled interface
This makes the P2P operations behave more consistently with the SCAN
command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-15 21:34:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c71c241674 P2P: Clear P2P state if active interface is disabled
The radio works for the interface get removed if interface is disabled.
This could have left P2P module in invalid state if the interface got
disabled during a p2p_find or p2p_listen operation. Clear the state in
such a case to avoid blocking following operations due to P2P module
assuming it is still in progress of doing something.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-15 21:32:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ad12f2f422 Add DRIVER_EVENT ctrl_iface command for testing purposes
This new command can be used to simulate driver events without having to
go through the driver wrapper or kernel code for this. This enables more
testing coverage with hwsim.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-15 21:09:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3e66f78914 P2P: Make sure GO start does not miss connect_without_scan
It looks like there was a possible sequence for wpa_s->scan_req to be
MANUAL_SCAN_REQ at the moment a GO is to be started. This could result
in the "Request scan (that will be skipped) to start GO" to actually not
skip the scan and end up stuck waiting for something external to trigger
a scan before the GO could be started. Fix this by clearing
wpa_s->scan_req when deciding to start the GO.

This issue could be hit at least by first enabling autoscan and then
issuing P2P_GROUP_ADD. Other sequences that set wpa_s->scan_req to
MANUAL_SCAN_REQ without going through wpa_supplicant_scan() to clear it
immediately could also have similar effect (and there is even a small
window for the wpa_supplicant_scan() call to happen only after the
P2P_GROUP_ADD command is processed, so this could potentially have
happened even with SCAN + P2P_GROUP_ADD).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-15 16:56:49 +03:00
Rashmi Ramanna
28fa4eb2b2 P2P: Fix scan optimization for GO during persistent group invocation
Commit 41d5ce9e0b was intended to scan for
GO on the negotiated channel for few iterations, but it did not work
correctly due to incorrect operator being used. Fix this by requiring
both conditions to be met for the single channel scan.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-13 15:49:06 +03:00
Edhar, Mahesh Kumar
7b42862ac8 P2P: Validate GO operating channel on channel list changes
On receiving CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED event from driver, verify that local
GO (if any) is operating in valid frequency. If not, we should remove
the group and reform on valid frequency. Indicate this similarly to the
avoid-frequency notification (i.e., a control interface message for
upper layers to react to this for now; potentially CSA later).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-12 19:43:59 +03:00
Alexandru Costache
fb2ac53df1 Remove leftover timeouts on cleanup
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Costache <alexandru.costache.100@gmail.com>
2014-05-12 19:43:59 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
1c330a2fdc Add 'dup_network <id_s> <id_d> <name>' command
This command allows to copy network variable from one network to
another, e.g., to clone the psk field without having to extract it from
wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-05-12 19:43:56 +03:00
Hannu Mallat
316f92cd33 dbus: Reorder deauthentication and cleanup calls when removing a network
Valgrind indicates reference to already freed memory if function
wpa_config_remove_network() is called prior to calling
wpa_supplicant_deauthenticate(), and this can lead to a crash.
Inverting the call order fixes the problem.

Signed-off-by: Hannu Mallat <hannu.mallat@jollamobile.com>
2014-05-12 18:05:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cfdb32e88f eapol_test: Check EAP-Key-Name
The new command line argument -e can be used to request the server to
send EAP-Key-Name in Access-Accept. If both the local EAP peer
implementation and server provide the EAP Session-Id, compare those
values and indicate in debug log whether a match was seen.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-11 21:22:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
270c9a43e6 Interworking: Allow FT to be used for connection
This extends Interworking network selection to enable FT-EAP as an
optional key_mgmt value to allow FT to be used instead of hardcoding
WPA2-Enterprise without FT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-10 16:15:20 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
81ed4991ae Remove duplicated ibss_rsn_deinit() call
No need to call ibss_rsn_deinit() again since it is already being called
by wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc().

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-05-10 13:48:34 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
0f1034e388 P2P: Refrain from performing extended listen during P2P connection
Do not perform extended listen period operations when either a P2P
connection is in progress. This makes the connection more robust should
an extended listen timer trigger during such an operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-09 20:42:44 +03:00
Hu Wang
dd10abccc8 MACsec: wpa_supplicant integration
Add MACsec to the wpa_supplicant build system and configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-09 20:42:44 +03:00
Hu Wang
7baec808ef MACsec: Add driver_ops
This defines new driver_ops to be used with MACsec.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-09 20:05:28 +03:00
Hu Wang
0836c04b30 MACsec: Allow EAPOL version 3 to be configured
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-09 20:05:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2cebdee66d Fix MinGW build
No need to use ENOBUFS within core wpa_supplicant, so just replace it
with -1 to work arounds MinGW build issues.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-29 18:59:12 +03:00
Eliad Peller
e4fa8b120b wpa_supplicant: Add Wake-on-WLAN configuration support
Add a new wowlan_triggers option to wpa_supplicant.conf. The triggers in
this key will be used to configure the kernel wowlan configuration.

For now, support only simple flags. More complex triggers can be added
later on.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2014-04-29 18:59:12 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
959214b260 Android: Use extended P2P functionality (ANDROID_P2P) for all vendors
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-04-29 18:59:12 +03:00
Sreenath Sharma
fa258a3df6 HS 2.0 R2: Fix writing of domain_suffix_match cred parameter
This was supposed to end with a newline character so that parameters are
aligned in configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Sreenath Sharma <sreenats@broadcom.com>
2014-04-29 17:25:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0bceb8d6f4 Make dl_list_first() and dl_list_last() uses easier for static analyzers
The previous check for dl_list_len() or having an entry from the list is
sufficient, but some static analyzers cannot figure out that
dl_list_first() and dl_list_last() will return non-NULL in this type of
cases. Avoid invalid reports by explicitly checking for NULL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-29 12:52:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ece88f7697 Make last_scan_res update easier for static analyzers
The check based on last_scan_res_used is sufficient for making sure that
last_scan_res is allocated. However, it is a bit too complex for static
analyzers to notice, so add an explicit check to avoid bogus reports.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-29 12:52:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b7a6702fd4 Indicate disconnection event on interface disabled
It is possible for the disconnection event from the driver to not get
delivered when interface is disabled. To maintain consistent ctrl_iface
event behavior, indicate CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED in such a case if we
were in connected state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-28 16:54:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b89962b4b9 Fix wpa_config_read() with existing config block
If two config files are merged together, the ssid and cred blocks may
not have been processed correctly since the tail pointers were not
updated to the last entry from the first configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-28 16:54:09 +03:00
Ilan Peer
d0df643735 wpa_supplicant: Call frequency conflict handling during auth
Previously, the frequency conflict was handled only during the
association flow. However, some drivers, e.g., mac80211 based
drivers, will fail an authentication request in case that there
are no available channels for use (as they might be used by
other interfaces), and thus the frequency conflict resolution
is never called.

Fix this by calling frequency conflict resolution during
authentication (SME-in-wpa_supplicant) as well.

In addition, get the shared radio frequency from the wpa_s context in
both the SME-in-driver and SME-in-wpa_supplicant cases and not from the
driver.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-04-24 12:15:32 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
0cf24fdaed scan: Reset normal scan counter when a connection succeeds
The normal scan counter is used to trigger a few normal scans before a
scheduled scan is issued. The reason for doing this is that we get
results faster and some drivers support more SSIDs per normal scan
than during sched scan. After 2 normal scans, we start using
sched_scan. But the problem is that when a connection succeeds, we do
not reset this counter, so we will keep using sched scans.

To fix this, now we reset the counter when we switch to WPA_COMPLETED
state.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2014-04-24 12:15:32 +03:00
Greg Hackmann
9176ec066e Android: Disable unused parameter warnings
This avoids large number of undesired compiler warnings since Android
build system is added -Wextra.

Signed-off-by: Greg Hackmann <ghackmann@google.com>
2014-04-24 12:15:32 +03:00
Naresh Jayaram
13f6a07efc Add SIM identifier to the network profile and cred block
This allows the specific SIM to be identified for authentication
purposes in multi-SIM devices. This SIM number represents the index of
the SIM slot. This SIM number shall be used for the authentication using
the respective SIM for the Wi-Fi connection to the corresponding
network.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-24 12:15:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d41cc8ccf6 Allow HT 40 MHz intolerant flag to be set for association
This extends HT overrides to allow HT 40 MHz intolerant flag to be set
with ht40_intolerant=1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-17 17:11:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f777fd127f Fix writing of provisioning_sp cred parameter
This was supposed to be within quotation marks in the configuration
file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-16 01:41:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a7ca6dac44 Fix P2P redirection of global ctrl_iface SET command
The previous version prevented all use of wpas_global_ctrl_iface_set().
That's not desirable since there may be more global parameters added in
the future. Instead, try to use the global version first and redirect to
P2P interface only if the global version returns an error.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-15 13:27:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d6b818efe5 Remove SAVE_CONFIG redirect from global control interface
The P2P redirection for SAVE_CONFIG issued on the global control
interface was preventing wpas_global_ctrl_iface_save_config() from being
reached. The global version of SAVE_CONFIG was supposed to try to save
configuration files for all interface rather than just the P2P
management interface, so fix this by removing the unneeded and undesired
redirection.

Modify the global SAVE_CONFIG handler to return FAIL if no configuration
files were saved. This makes the behavior match with the per-interface
SAVE_CONFIG.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-15 13:26:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
128cc37558 eap_proxy: Use unique Makefile names for Android and non-Android
Rename the eap_proxy_*.mk file to eap_proxy_*.mak for non-Android builds
so that the same eap_proxy implementation can be more easily included in
the same directory for both cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-15 13:02:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e83e15ee77 P2P: Fix interface remove to terminate all P2P groups
Previously, it was possible to remove the main interface and leave
behind dynamic P2P group interfaces. This would eventually result in
references freed memory, so it is not really suitable behavior. Instesd,
remove all the dynamic P2P group interfaces that were created through an
interface that is now removed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-15 00:20:17 +03:00
quiche@chromium.org
e9b32dae1a Propagate scan failures over D-Bus
If we receive a scan request via D-Bus and wpa_supplicant_scan_trigger
fails, return the failure to the caller over D-Bus.

Signed-hostap: mukesh agrawal <quiche@chromium.org>
2014-04-13 23:43:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
142817b2f9 Add a wpa_supplicant ctrl_iface event for regdom changes
CTRL-EVENT-REGDOM-CHANGE event provides an external notification of
regulatory domain (and any driver channel list) changes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 16:32:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
150fd0b2b5 WPS: Split eapol_cb reconnect to a separate code path
Use eloop timeout to run the reconnect command after eapol_cb has
returned. This reduces stack use and can simplify the driver
command/event sequence by allowing the disconnection events from the
provisioning step to be processed before starting the actual data
connection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 11:47:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ded4f944df WPS: Close p2p_group and temporary parameters to all network blocks
If a P2P GO issues multiple credentials for some reason, clone the
p2p_group and temporary parameters to all those based on the initial
network block that gets used for the first credential.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 11:44:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e74dd0e55b Add forgotten ampdu_factor into wpa_supplicant.conf
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 10:26:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
759ff2f075 Re-enable use of wildcard SSID with passphrase
This used to work, but it looks like the disabled-PSK-network check
ended up rejecting confiurations that configured a wildcard SSID with a
passphrase (instead of PSK).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 10:26:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
023b466da4 Fix a debug print to have a space between words
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 10:26:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0cd860284c Add CTRL-EVENT-SIGNAL-CHANGE for bgscan signal update events
This allows external programs to monitor driver signal change events
through wpa_supplicant when bgscan is used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 10:26:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bd8838a387 Fix ctrl_iface BLACKLIST return value
Adding a new entry was returning FAIL on success due to incorrect
assumption of wpa_blacklist_add() returning 0 on success (it returns the
positive blacklist count).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 10:26:51 +03:00
Andres Morales
f3ff948753 P2P: Add NFC_HANDOVER commands to p2p_redir list
These commands can be executed on the P2P interface thus should be
redirected to it when issued to the global control interface.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-04-11 19:22:00 +03:00
Fionn Cleary
481e66b1f8 Fix reassociate dbus method
- Reassociate was only working when there was already a connect in
  place, which is not how the REASSOCIATE command from the ctrl
  interface works.

Signed-off-by: Fionn Cleary <fionn.cleary@streamunlimited.com>
2014-04-11 19:22:00 +03:00
Daichi Ueura
2150c33337 wpa_cli: Fix wrong comparison in wpa_cli_cmd_interface
Signed-off-by: Daichi Ueura <daichi.ueura@gmail.com>
2014-04-11 19:22:00 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
8235f89f3f P2P: Mark the scan in p2p_in_invitation as p2p_probe
Mark the scan performed by the P2P Client in search of the GO
during the persistant reinvocation as a p2p_probe to avoid
unnecessary use of 802.11b rates.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-10 19:54:36 +03:00
Amarnath Hullur Subramanyam
38ce8e2709 Android: Add qca-vendor.h to be exported
Add qca-vendor.h along with wpa_ctrl.h to be exported to
common staged location.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-10 16:34:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
897a5ccee8 WNM: Remove unnecessary present flag
The structures are all allocated, so the pointer can be compared to NULL
to determine whether the subelement was present.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-08 01:34:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f6ce70dc0d WNM: Fix neighbor report subelement formats
Number of of subelements were using incorrect format definition.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-08 01:32:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e9cb7b9275 WNM: Fix neighbor report subelement parser to not leak memory
If a subelement is unexpectedly included multiple times, the parser must
not re-allocate memory for the entry without first freeing the old
allocation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-08 01:20:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1aa6f953bb WNM: Fix neighbor report subelement parser
Only the Neighbor Report element should be included here, so verify that
the element id matches. In addition, verify that each subelement has
valid length before using the data.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-08 01:01:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f8b10c1770 Fix CONFIG_AP=y build without CONFIG_P2P=y
Commit ca9bc5b566 used P2P functionality
from ap.c without proper ifdef CONFIG_P2P.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-07 13:40:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f05cee9714 P2P: Clear p2p_in_invitation on cancel
Commit 41d5ce9e0b added scan optimizations
for P2P invitation cases. However, it left a path where the invitation
state was not cleared and as such, introduced potential issues for
following scans that ended up getting incorrectly optimized for a single
channel regardless of parameters. Fix this by clearing p2p_in_invitation
more carefully, especially on p2p_cancel command.

p2p_cancel is now also run from the FLUSH command to avoid issues with
hwsim test cases (e.g., persistent_group_per_sta_psk followed by
ap_open_tdls resulted in an error due to p2p_in_invitation remaining set
after FLUSH).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-07 13:40:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ec331d09a2 WNM: Fix deinit path to clean neighbor report count
wnm_deallocate_memory() left wnm_num_neighbor_report set while freeing
the allocated buffer of neighbor reports. If this function was called
twice in a row without having went through new neighbor report parsing,
invalid pointers could have been freed resulted in segfault.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-07 13:40:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
679f2e7c5f WPS NFC: Remove NFC_RX_HANDOVER_SEL
The newer NFC_REPORT_HANDOVER command is more general version that
handles the cases where NFC_RX_HANDOVER_SEL could potentially have been
used. In addition, with the new WPS NFC design, it is important to
receive the handover request message that was used in the handover in
addition to the select message, so the NFC_RX_HANDOVER_SEL command on
its own would not be sufficient for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-07 00:56:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dc39004318 WPS: Remove unused WEP related functionality
Now that WPS 2.0 support is enabled unconditionally, WEP and Shared auth
type are not allowed. This made some of the older code unused and that
can now be removed to clean up the implementation. There is still one
place where WEP is allowed for testing purposes: wpa_supplicant as
Registrar trying to configure an AP to use WEP. That is now only allowed
in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds, though.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-06 12:31:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9ff4de6de4 Move DROP_SA command to be within ifdef CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS
This is a test command and has no use in production builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-05 23:59:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9a147ba18d WNM: Fix regression in Sleep Mode exit key data parsing
Commit dbfb8e82ff changed the Action frame
RX payload pointer design to point to a different field. WNM Sleep Mode
Response handler updated one of the uses to accommodate this change, but
that commit missed another use for key data length. This resulted in GTK
and IGTK being ignored in many cases when waking up from WNM Sleep Mode
with PMF enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-05 20:42:13 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
204c9ac4ee Extend select_network command with freq= to reduce scan time
This allows a subset of channels to be specified for the scan used to
find the network when the SELECT_NETWORK ctrl_iface command is issued.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-04-04 23:07:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
75aea3e704 Interworking: Add writing of forgotten cred parameters into config file
req_conn_capab and required_roaming_consortium parameters were not
written into the cred block when requesting wpa_supplicant to write the
configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-04 22:57:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c880ab87ee Interworking: Add GET_CRED ctrl_iface command
"GET_CRED <id> <field>" can now be used to fetch credential parameters
over the control interface. This does not allow passwords etc. private
material to be retrieved ("*" is returned for those if the value is set
regardless of the value). FAIL is returned if the requested parameter
has not been set. For cred parameters that can have multiple values,
newline separated list of values is returned.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-04 20:13:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1619e9d512 Interworking: Add ctrl_iface events on cred block modifications
Following events are now sent to ctrl_iface monitors to indicate if
credential blocks have been added, modified, or removed:

CRED-ADDED <id>
CRED-MODIFIED <id> <field>
CRED-REMOVE <id>

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-04 19:10:47 +03:00
Pawel Kulakowski
39a5800f7c wpa_supplicant: Allow disabling LDPC
Allows user to disable LDPC coding.
This possibility is useful for testing purpose.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Kulakowski <pawel.kulakowski@tieto.com>
2014-04-01 11:20:48 +03:00
Jean Trivelly
72300408d4 Interworking: Read IMSI if not read at supplicant start
It is required to read IMSI from SIM if it has not already been done
when comparing HS 2.0 AP 3GPP information with the local credentials.

Signed-off-by: Jean Trivelly <jean.trivelly@intel.com>
2014-03-31 23:44:59 +03:00
Jean Trivelly
62f736dd04 Interworking: Init scard when a credential requires SIM access
When an ANQP fetch is triggered and ANQP_3GPP_CELLULAR_NETWORK info is
required, initialize scard to be ready when comparing ANQP and
credentials.

Signed-off-by: Jean Trivelly <jean.trivelly@intel.com>
2014-03-31 23:35:08 +03:00
Jean Trivelly
729897a388 Interworking: Fix incorrect compile PCSC flag
CONFIG_PCSC is used instead of PCSC_FUNCS.

Signed-off-by: Jean Trivelly <jean.trivelly@intel.com>
2014-03-31 23:29:37 +03:00
Avraham Stern
ace0fbdb69 P2P: Fix segfault when PBC overlap is detected
If a separate P2P group interface is used, PBC overlap during group
formation causes the group interface to be removed, which ends up with
the interface context becoming invalid. Fix this by scheduling a timeout
to process the PBC overlap and interface removal instead of removing the
interface directly before the connection operation has returned.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2014-03-28 19:31:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cf15b15cc1 Add writing of network block ocsp parameter
This was forgotten from the per-network ocsp parameter addition. The new
parameter needs to be stored to the configuration file similarly to the
other EAP parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-28 16:56:41 +02:00
Ilan Peer
f1c4dbf5cd wpa_supplicant: Remove pending sme-connect radio work
If a new connection is attempted while there is a pending sme-connection
radio work, cancel the pending radio work and continue with the new
connection attempt. This is preferable over rejecting the new work and
continuing with the pending one, as it is possible that the previous
work is no longer valid.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-03-27 16:45:25 +02:00
Eliad Peller
4f560cdee3 wpa_supplicant: Override HT A-MPDU size if VHT A-MPDU was overridden
According to the standard, if the max A-MPDU VHT cap is <= 3, we
have to adjust the max A-MPDU HT cap to the same value. Otherwise
it should be set to 3.

Take care of it when the max VHT A-MPDU value is overridden.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2014-03-27 16:45:21 +02:00
Ilan Peer
782e2f785e P2P: Do not initiate scan on P2P Device when enabled
Do not start a scan on a P2P Device interface when processing an
interface enabled event.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-03-27 15:25:12 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
96ecea5eb1 Pass TDLS peer capability information in tdls_mgmt
While framing the TDLS Setup Confirmation frame, the driver needs to
know if the TDLS peer is VHT/HT/WMM capable and thus shall construct the
VHT/HT operation / WMM parameter elements accordingly. Supplicant
determines if the TDLS peer is VHT/HT/WMM capable based on the presence
of the respective IEs in the received TDLS Setup Response frame.

The host driver should not need to parse the received TDLS Response
frame and thus, should be able to rely on the supplicant to indicate
the capability of the peer through additional flags while transmitting
the TDLS Setup Confirmation frame through tdls_mgmt operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-27 15:18:48 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
cf28c66bcb HS 2.0: Extend ANQP_GET to accept Hotspot 2.0 subtypes
This allows a single ANQP query to be used to fetch both IEEE 802.11
defined ANQP elements and Hotspot 2.0 vendor specific elements.

ANQP_GET <addr> <info id>[,<info id>]...
[,hs20:<subtype>][...,hs20:<subtype>]

For example:
ANQP_GET 00:11:22:33:44:55:66 258,268,hs20:3,hs20:4

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-03-25 18:33:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
163f801ef2 nl80211: Indicate HS 2.0 OSEN AKM in connect/associate command
This allows drivers that build the WPA/RSN IEs internally to use similar
design for building the OSEN IE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-25 18:33:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c201f93a9e WPS: Enable WSC 2.0 support unconditionally
There is not much point in building devices with WPS 1.0 only supported
nowadays. As such, there is not sufficient justification for maintaining
extra complexity for the CONFIG_WPS2 build option either. Remove this by
enabling WSC 2.0 support unconditionally.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-25 18:33:21 +02:00
Sunil Dutt Undekari
91364b7f10 P2P: Set a timeout for a persistent reinvoke on a P2P Client
Use P2P group formation timeout to wait for the 4-way handshake to
complete on a persistent reinvocation on a P2P Client.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-25 15:38:33 +02:00
Rashmi Ramanna
41d5ce9e0b P2P: Optimize scan for GO during persistent group invocation
Scan for GO on the negotiated operating channel for few iterations
before searching on all the supported channels during persistent group
reinvocation. In addition, use the already known SSID of the group in
the scans. These optimizations reduce group formation time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-25 15:38:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
31ded52e70 SME: Add more debug prints for OBSS scans and 20/40 MHz co-ex report
This makes it easier to debug wpa_supplicant behavior when reporting
20/40 MHz co-ex information based on OBSS scans.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-23 23:56:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7f8eb34dee SME: Fix OBSS scan result processing for 20/40 MHz co-ex report
The 40 MHz intolerant bit needs to be checked before skipping the BSS
based on the channel already being in the lost (which could have
happened due to another BSS that does not indicate 40 MHz intolerant).
This fixed the 20/40 MHz co-ex report to indicate 20 MHz request
properly if there are both 40 MHz tolerant and intolerant BSSes on the
same channel.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-23 23:54:50 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
d3c9c35f32 Add freq= parameter to 'set pno' command
This allows channels-to-be-scanned to be specified for PNO similarly to
the scan command.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-03-21 23:56:46 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
b998236543 dbus: Implement P2P Peers info IEs buffer getter
Since it declares providing such property, let's expose it relevantly.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-03-21 23:49:47 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
c6f356f85b dbus: Export the peer's device address as a property
This could be useful in some cases.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-03-21 23:44:09 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
442adfde3d dbus: Declare properly ServiceDiscoveryRequest method
It does return something: the reference of the request, as an integer,
which can be used then with ServiceDiscoveryCancelRequest to get
canceled.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-03-21 23:36:50 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
890374118f dbus: Cancelling a service request always reply by an error
p2p_sd_cancel_request returns -1 in case of error, so does
wpas_p2p_sd_cancel_request.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-03-21 23:36:49 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
13494c4478 dbus: Remove duplicate signal declaration
ServiceDiscoveryExternal is uselessly declared twice.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-03-21 23:36:49 +02:00
Eduardo Abinader
5eae87a7d6 P2P: Fix GO failed interface init
Whenever an ongoing GO Neg has failed, due to interface init, the P2P
Device should cancel timeouts and issue wpas_p2p_group_formation_failed,
so the other peer detects faster group formation has failed.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-03-21 23:26:16 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
c46235aaf0 wpa_supplicant: Fix radio_remove_interface
Remove pending radio works when an interface is removed from a radio.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2014-03-21 22:21:37 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
2ce7e4fd74 Android: Enable CONFIG_EAP_AKA_PRIME option
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-03-21 22:21:26 +02:00
Prameela Rani Garnepudi
95bf699f76 Add get_radio_name() driver wrapper for wpa_supplicant
Signed-off-by: Prameela Rani Garnepudi <prameela.g@samsung.com>
2014-03-21 22:20:38 +02:00
Guoqiang Liu
d06ecab344 D-Bus: Make p2p_no_group_iface configurable
Some old device need to set p2p_no_group_iface=1 to set up a P2P
connection, so add a D-Bus interface to configure it.

Signed-off-by: Guoqiang Liu <guoqiang.liu@archermind.com>
2014-03-21 22:17:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1120e45232 Allow config blobs to be set through ctrl_iface
"SET blob <name> <hexdump>" can now be used to set a configuration blob
through the wpa_supplicant control interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-15 23:51:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6829da39e6 Fix external radio_work deinit path
The radio_work type was stored within the dynamically allocated
wpa_radio_work buffer and that buffer ended up getting freed before the
final use of the type string within radio_work_done(). This resulted in
freed memory being used for a debug print. Avoid this by freeing the
wpa_external_work instance after having completed radio_work_done() for
the related work.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-14 21:58:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8dd9f9cdde Allow management group cipher to be configured
This allows hostapd to set a different management group cipher than the
previously hardcoded default BIP (AES-128-CMAC). The new configuration
file parameter group_mgmt_cipher can be set to BIP-GMAC-128,
BIP-GMAC-256, or BIP-CMAC-256 to select one of the ciphers defined in
IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-14 21:58:45 +02:00
Manish Bansal
67d39cfb32 P2P: Do not create another group interface on NFC Token enable
If a group interface is present and the command was issued on the group
interface, enable the token for that interface instead of creating a new
one.

Signed-off-by: Manish <manish.bansal@broadcom.com>
2014-03-14 21:58:45 +02:00
Paul Stewart
6aa1cd4e06 wpa_supplicant: Apply VHT_OVERRIDES to wpas_start_assoc_cb()
A previous patch "Support VHT capability overrides" missed one
place where HT overrides were being applied and where it would
also be useful to apply VHT overrides.

Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2014-03-14 21:50:58 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
6e9375e4e1 TDLS: Add get_capability tdls command
Command returns info in format: UNSUPPORTED/INTERNAL/EXTERNAL

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-03-14 21:40:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9a1a538fa5 wpa_supplicant AP: Allow PMF to be enabled with ieee80211w
The ieee80211w parameter was not previously copied to the hostapd BSS
structure from wpa_supplicant configuration, so PMF was practically
disabled. Allow it to be configured through the wpa_supplicant network
configuration block.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-13 18:22:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
daa70bdf68 Fix CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING=y build
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-12 22:39:11 +02:00
Peter Qiu
0f44ec8eba Add a reattach command for fast reassociate-back-to-same-BSS
Add "reattach" command to perform single-channel single-ssid scan
instead of full scan when trying to reconnect to the currently
"connected" network (assuming old scan results are not current enough to
skip the scan completely). This allows the scan result to come back in
much faster time. In ath9k, the scan took around 12 seconds with full
background scan, and only 0.1 second with the single-channel single-ssid
scan. Thus, take much less time for the client to re-establish
connection with the currently "connected" network.

Signed-hostap: Peter Qiu <zqiu@chromium.org>
2014-03-11 19:38:01 +02:00
Ben Greear
5d0d72a3e5 wpa_supplicant: Put upper bound on initial scan time delay
This makes stations associate much faster when using lots of stations.
In addition, this avoids delaying the initial scan continuously for
dynamic interface removal/addition cases.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2014-03-11 19:23:17 +02:00
Alexander Bondar
5e3ddf4d23 PNO: Change sched_scan_stopped event to handle pending PNO properly
When a sched_scan_stopped event is received and there is a pending PNO,
it used regular scheduled scan parameters instead of PNO specific
parameters. Change it by calling wpas_start_pno().

Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-03-11 19:15:48 +02:00
Alexander Bondar
737e7a08b0 PNO: Move and rename pno_start()/pno_stop()
Move pno_start() and pno_stop() to scan.c as a more relevant location
and rename them to wpas_start_pno()/wpas_stop_pno().

Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-03-11 19:12:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
09eef142ea Use internal FIPS 186-2 PRF if needed
Previously, EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA' did not work with number of crypto
libraries (GnuTLS, CryptoAPI, NSS) since the required FIPS 186-2 PRF
function was not implemented. This resulted in somewhat confusing error
messages since the placeholder functions were silently returning an
error. Fix this by using the internal implementation of FIP 186-2 PRF
(including internal SHA-1 implementation) with crypto libraries that do
not implement this in case EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA' is included in the build.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-11 16:44:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
60b893dfb3 wpa_supplicant: Allow external management frame processing for testing
This enables more convenient protocol testing of AP and P2P
functionality in various error cases and unexpected sequences without
having to implement each test scenario within wpa_supplicant.
ext_mgmt_frame_handle parameter can be set to 1 to move all management
frame processing into an external program through control interface
events (MGMT-RX and MGMT-TX-STATUS) and command (MGMT_TX). This is
similar to the test interface that was added to hostapd previously, but
allows more control on offchannel operations and more direct integration
with the internal P2P module.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-08 20:21:21 +02:00
Ilan Peer
c16a7590cf wpa_supplicant: Add a configuration file for the P2P_DEVICE parameters
Add an option to specify a configuration file that can be used to hold
the P2P_DEVICE configuration parameters. If this option is not used, the
P2P_DEVICE configuration parameters will be read from interface
configuration file.

Note that it is advised to use this option in some cases such as:

If a P2P_DEVICE is supported by the driver, the wpa_supplicant creates a
dedicated P2P Device interface, where the configuration file used for
the main interface is used. As a consequence, if the configuration file
includes network definition etc., the wpa_supplicant will try to perform
station specific flows on the P2P Device interface which will fail.

If a P2P_DEVICE is supported by the driver and update_config is used,
the P2P Device configuration data will override the main interface
configuration data.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-03-07 00:11:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8f05577d11 Configure beacon interval for IBSS command
wpa_supplicant already allowed beacon interval to be configured for AP
mode operations, but this was not passed to the driver for IBSS even
though the same parameter can used for that case. Add this for the
nl80211 driver interface to allow beacon interval to be controlled for
IBSS as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-06 23:09:20 +02:00
Moshe Benji
354c903f8e AP/GO interface teardown optimization
This commit adds an option to optimize AP teardown by leaving the
deletion of keys (including group keys) and stations to the driver.

This optimization option should be used if the driver supports stations
and keys removal when stopping an AP.

For example, the optimization option will always be used for cfg80211
drivers since cfg80211 shall always remove stations and keys when
stopping an AP (in order to support cases where the AP is disabled
without the knowledge of wpa_supplicant/hostapd).

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
2014-03-05 23:57:02 +02:00
Eliad Peller
3a94adbf42 P2P: Do not start scan for P2P Device interfaces at driver init
wpa_supplicant started delayed sched scan also on P2P Device interfaces,
resulting in erroneous scans and connection attempts. Skip that on
driver init when the interface is dedicated only for P2P management
purposes.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2014-03-04 22:34:00 +02:00
David Spinadel
aa10983004 P2P: Do not initialize bgscan on P2P interfaces
As a P2P group has a unique SSID and one security domain, it does
not make sense to enable background scanning for roaming purposes.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2014-03-04 22:32:24 +02:00
Alexander Bondar
54ac5aa271 config: Add bgscan option when saving global configuration
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
2014-03-04 22:27:39 +02:00
David Spinadel
268043d55f bgscan: Do not initialize bgscan if disabled by user
Do not initialize bgscan if the user explicitly set bgscan to an empty
string. Without this patch wpa_supplicant tries to initialize bgscan to
the first option if the string is empty.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2014-03-04 22:26:19 +02:00
Beni Lev
adef89480d nl80211: Add vendor command support
Add a callback to the driver interface that allows vendor specific
commands to be sent. In addition, a control interface command is added
to expose this new interface outside wpa_supplicant:

Vendor command's format:
VENDOR <vendor id> <sub command id> [<hex formatted data>]

The 3rd argument will be converted to binary data and then passed as
argument to the sub command.

This interface is driver independent, but for now, this is only
implemented for the nl80211 driver interface using the cfg80211 vendor
commands.

Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
2014-03-04 22:24:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
508e24c20b dbus: Clean up error reporting for TDLS peer address parsing
Passing a pointer to an error reply message is not very robust since
memory allocation could fail even for that error message. Instead, use a
separate error value as the return value from get_peer_hwaddr_helper()
and return a pointer to the error message through a pointer-to-pointer
so that the error case will always be clear.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 17:15:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a7c37d92d2 dbus: Remove duplicated variable assignment
This gets rid of a static analyzer warning.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 17:15:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea3b8c1d2d Do not use a separate variable for tracking first entry in a list
The pos pointer can be compared to the start of the buffer pointer to
determine whether the entry is the first one in the list. This gets rid
of some static analyzer warnings about unused variable writes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 17:15:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6ed626df40 Remove unused gid_str pointer update
The group name is not used on these paths, so just remove it from the
directory name without updating gid_str to point to the unused group
name.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 17:15:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
67adcd266c WNM: Check wpa_s->current_bss more consistently
The scan result comparison routine would not make much sense without
current BSS level known, so return from the function without going
through the iteration that could have dereferenced the pointer if
wpa_s->current_bss == NULL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 17:15:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2af4d87fc3 GAS: Fix additional comeback delay with status code 95
The special case of non-zero status code used in a GAS Comeback Response
frame to indicate that additional delay is needed before the response is
available was not working properly. This case needs to allow the status
code check to be bypassed for the comeback case prior to having received
any response data.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-01 17:06:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
07d462c7b7 Interworking: Remove unused password setting for SIM credential
The simulated SIM/USIM case uses a separate milenage cred parameter, so
this cred password parameter was unused for this credential type.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-01 17:06:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3141b82c16 Add OSEN to proto config field writer
This was forgotten from the OSEN addition where it was parsed, but not
written to a network block.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-01 10:49:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
06c7b7f0b5 HS 2.0R2: Fix temporary network disabling in Deauth Req case
Commits 7ef6947993 and
533536d82a added this temporarily
disabling case, but those commits were merged in without having been
converted to the new os_reltime design used for ssid->disabled_until.
Consequently, they ended up disabling the network for 44 years or so too
long time (depending on what values the relative timestamp had
accummulated so far). Fix this by using relative timestamps
consistently.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-28 00:29:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b7fb98f072 Interworking: Fix already-connected check to verify network priority
Commit d28f4e44f1 optimized Interworking
network selection in a case where the operation is run while already
connected to the selected network by skipping the reconnection. However,
this did not take into account that a higher priority network may have
shown up in the new scan results.

Fix this by checking whether network selection based on the latest scan
results (the ones from the interworking_select operation) would result
in a network with higher priority being selected. If so, skip the
optimization and force normal network connection (which will select this
newly found higher priority network). This fixes cases where a
non-Hotspot 2.0 network with higher priority (e.g., home network) shows
up while connected to a Hotspot 2.0 network with lower priority.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-27 14:06:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7c373ac267 Interworking: Fix last-network preference to not override priority
Commit 3d910ef497 tried to make
last-network selection behave more consistently with Interworking
network selection preferences. However, it did not take into account
that other network block may have higher priority. In such cases, the
last added network from Interworking network selection should actually
not be selected for the next connection. Fix this by limiting the
last-network preference to work only within a priority class.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-27 13:47:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f54e92433e HS 2.0R2: Fix req_conn_capab example
Protocol field needs to be separated properly from te port number list.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-27 00:43:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a6739e191e HS 2.0R2: Try to scan multiple times for OSU providers
Scan operation is not that reliable, so try couple of times if no
OSU provider matches are found during fetch_osu command.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cf6d08a63f Interworking: Add OCSP parameter to the cred block
This new parameter can be used to configure credentials to mandate use
of OCSP stapling for AAA server authentication.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6402f2fe40 Interworking: Add more debug info on roaming partner preferences
This can be useful in debugging selection of roaming partner preference.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
74794891c7 Interworking: Add sp_priority cred parameter
This new priority parameter can be used to specify priorities between
credentials provisioned by the same SP. cred->priority is checked first
and if it is same and the provisioning_sp parameter matches, the new
sp_priority is used to order the credentials. It should be noted that
the order of priorities is different (higher 'priority' value indicates
higher priority of the credential, while higher 'sp_priority' indicates
lower priority of the credential).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
751ac99768 Interworking: Use a helper function to compare cred priority
This makes it easier to extend credential priority comparison beyond a
single priority variable.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aff419f56a Interworking: Remove separate credential priority tracking
There is no need to keep the separate local variable for tracking the
highest selected priority since we track a pointer to the selected
credential with that information.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
533536d82a HS 2.0R2: Disable full ESS for as a workaround for per-BSS issues
For now, disable full ESS since some drivers may not support disabling
per BSS.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8a77f1be86 HS 2.0R2: Slow down connection attempts on EAP failures
This is needed to limit the number of consecutive authentication
attempts to no more than 10 within a 10-minute interval to avoid
unnecessary load on the authentication server. In addition, use a random
component in the delay to avoid multiple stations hitting the same
timing in case of simultaneous disconnection from the network.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
76a55a8e12 HS 2.0R2: Add more debug to network selection
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8b4b9fb384 HS 2.0R2: Fix bandwidth policy BSS selection
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
28f2a7c407 HS 2.0R2: Allow excluded network to be selected based on user override
Move excluded SSID filtering step to the end of credential validation
process and return list of BSSes that would otherwise have matching
credentials, but have an excluded SSID. Automatic network selection will
not select such a network, but interworking_connect command can be used
to pick excluded networks.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
33fb8c526c HS 2.0R2: Add support for Policy/RequiredProtoPortTuple
The new credential parameter req_conn_capab can be used to specify
restrictions on roaming networks providing connectivity for a set of
protocols/ports.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a45b2dc5dc HS 2.0R2: Add support for Policy/MaximumBSSLoadValue
The new credential parameter max_bss_load can be used to specify
restrictions on BSS Load in the home network.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4cad9df15a HS 2.0R2: Add support for Policy/MinBackhaulThreshold
The new credential parameters min_{dl,ul}_bandwidth_{home,roaming} can
be used to specify restrictions on available backhaul bandwidth.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aa26ba68b4 HS 2.0R2: Add tracking of provisioning SP
The new provisioning_sp cred field can now be used to track which SP
provisioned the credential. This makes it easier to find the matching
PPS MO from the management tree (./Wi-Fi/<provisioning_sp>).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e5fdfabf6 HS 2.0R2: Add WFA server-only EAP-TLS peer method
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
df0f01d91f HS 2.0R2: Add OSEN client implementation
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a5d75636f9 HS 2.0R2: Add common OSEN definitions
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
230e373539 HS 2.0R2: Add GAS operation duration statistics into debug
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b572df8650 HS 2.0R2: Add routine for fetching OSU provider information
The new wpa_cli fetch_osu command can be used to fetch information about
all OSU providers and write that to a text file with the icons in
separate files. cancel_osu_fetch command can be used to stop ongoing OSU
provider list fetch.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d2215fc67 HS 2.0R2: Add OSU Providers list ANQP element
wpa_supplicant can now request OSU Providers list with "hs20_anqp_get
<BSSID> 8".

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
184e110caf HS 2.0R2: Add Icon Request and Icon binary File ANQP elements
wpa_supplicant can request OSU icon data with "hs20_icon_request <BSSID>
<icon filename>". This transmits an Icon Request ANQP element and
processes the response in Icon Binary File ANQP elements.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7ef6947993 HS 2.0R2: Add STA support for Deauthentication Request notification
If requested, disable the network based on the HS 2.0 deauthentication
request.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
95a3ea9426 HS 2.0R2: Add WNM-Notification Request for Subscription Remediation
Subscription remediation notification WNM-Notification Request is now
shown in the following way in wpa_supplicant control interface:
<3>HS20-SUBSCRIPTION-REMEDIATION http://example.com/foo/

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f9cd147d6b HS 2.0R2: Update Indication element to Release 2
The HS 2.0 Indication element from wpa_supplicant now includes the
release number field and wpa_supplicant shows the release number of the
AP in STATUS command (hs20=1 replaced with hs20=<release>).

The new update_identifier field in the cred block can now be used to
configure the PPS MO ID so that wpa_supplicant adds it to the Indication
element in Association Request frames.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bc00053c9d Interworking: Allow roaming partner configuration
The new roaming_partner parameter within a cred block can be used to
configure priorities for roaming partners.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2c49d04cdb Do not clear global pmf setting on FLUSH
This parameter was actually used in some testing cases in a way that did
not really work well with the FLUSH command ending up disabling PMF.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eef7235da1 Only try fast reconnect if network is not disabled
Previously, it would have been possible for the network to be marked
disabled and that marking to be ignored if a recoverable disconnection
reason event were processed. Avoid this by verifying network status
before trying to reconenct back to the same BSS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-25 23:52:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3d910ef497 Interworking: Prefer last added network during network selection
Previously, any network block could be used to select the BSS to connect
to when processing scan results after Interworking network selection.
This can result in somewhat unexpected network selection in cases where
credential preferences indicated that a specific network was selected,
but another network ended up getting used for the connection. While the
older networks continue to be valid, add special processing for this
initial post-interworking-connect case to get more consistent network
selection to match with the Interworking network selection result.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-25 22:37:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
da60d9c1ca tests: Add module tests for blacklist to complete coverage
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-25 20:16:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2a33687ec7 P2P: Remove unnecessary ifdef CONFIG_NO_CONFIG_WRITE
wpa_config_write() is defined as a dummy function even if actual
operation to write the configuration file are commented out from the
build. This cleans up the code a bit and removed a compiler warning on
set-only variable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-25 19:31:16 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
050d8b5cc7 Fix documentation for wpa_supplicant_global_ctrl_iface_process()
This fixes a copy-paste error in the function name in
wpa_supplicant_global_ctrl_iface_process() documentation.

Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <p.kushwaha@samsung.com>
2014-02-25 16:53:57 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
4db216fcf7 wpa_supplicant: Add support for IPv6 with UDP ctrl_iface
Add IPv6 support when using udp/udp-remote control interface using the
following new build configuration options:

CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp6
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp6-remote

This is useful for testing, while we don't need to assign IPv4 address
(static or using DHCP) and can just use auto configured IPv6 addresses
(link local, which is based on the MAC address). Also add scope id
support for link local case.

For example,
./wpa_cli
./wpa_cli -i ::1,9877
./wpa_cli -i fe80::203:7fff:fe05:69%wlan0,9877

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2014-02-25 16:43:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f0e30c8410 Do not start another connect work while one is pending
It was possible for the connect or sme-connect radio work to get
re-scheduled while an earlier request was still pending, e.g.,
select_network is issued at the moment a scan radio work is in progress
and the old scan results are recent enough for starting the connection.
This could result in unexpected attempt to re-associate immediately
after completing the first connection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-24 15:22:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3cdcb3a4b3 tests: Add module tests for WPS attribute parsing
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-02-21 13:41:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea449b5bfe tests: Add a module test integration to hwsim tests
CONFIG_MODULE_TESTS=y build option can now be used to build in module
tests into hostapd and wpa_supplicant binaries. These test cases will be
used to get better testing coverage for various details that are
difficult to test otherwise through the control interface control. A
single control interface command is used to executed these tests within
the hwsim test framework. This commit adds just the new mechanism, but no
module tests are yet integrated into this mechanism.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-02-21 13:08:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
211d7ab3d8 P2P: Add even more debug prints for Probe Request in non-Listen state
It looks like discovery_dev_id test case can still fail and based on the
previously added debug prints, this is happening since the P2P module
believes it is not in Listen state even when a P2P_LISTEN was issued.
p2p_listen_cb() did not get called on remain-on-channel event for some
reason, so lets add more debug to find out why this can happen.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-20 16:59:29 +02:00
Roger Zanoni
848905b12a Avoid undefined references with CONFIG_WPA_TRACE_BFD=y
libdl, libiberty, and libzlib are dependencies for libbfd.

Signed-off-by: Roger Zanoni <roger.zanoni@openbossa.org>
2014-02-20 16:32:26 +02:00
Jithu Jance
f667e031c9 P2P: Address few issues seen with P2P SD
Suppose we have multiple peers and we have peers advertising SD
capability, but no services registered for advertising. In this case,
even if there are multiple broadcast queries set, we might end up
sending only the lastly added broadcast query to the same device (since
SD_INFO won't get set for the first broadcast query). Add support for
multiple wildcard queries to be tracked to enable this type of use
case.

Some times it is seen that before advancing to next device in the list,
the scan results come and update SD_SCHEDULE flag. This will result in
sending the already sent query to the same device without giving chance
to other devices. This issue again is seen with peer devices advertising
SD capability without any services registered.

Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2014-02-20 16:32:12 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
e9a6f18385 TLS: Add tls_disable_tlsv1_1 and tls_disable_tlsv1_2 phase1 params
These can be used to disable TLSv1.1 and TLSv1.2 as a workaround for AAA
servers that have issues interoperating with newer TLS versions.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-02-20 15:28:57 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
ac494fcce4 Android: Use external libnl 2.0 dynamic library
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-02-19 14:10:12 +02:00
Roger Zanoni
b7cac41254 Fix hostapd and wpa_supplicant build with binutils >= 2.24.x
Using binutils >= 2.24.x and setting
CONFIG_WPA_TRACE/CONFIG_WPA_TRACE_BDF causes both builds to fail with
"#error config.h must be included before this header" message.

Since version 2.24.x, the bfd header checks for PACKAGE and
PACKAGE_VERSION macros.

As suggested in http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=14243
projects that use bfd and don't use autotools should define a PACKAGE
macro.

Signed-off-by: Roger Zanoni <roger.zanoni@openbossa.org>
2014-02-19 14:10:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94a3df500f P2P: Enable U-APSD support on GO automatically
Since P2P specification mandates P2P GO to support WMM-PS with legacy
STAs, enable this automatically if the driver indicates support for
U-APSD in AP mode. The "P2P_SET go_apsd 0" command can still be used to
disable this if needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-17 13:15:29 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
b3253ebb73 wpa_supplicant: Complete radio works on disable event
While testing rfkill blocking of a scanning interface, it
was seen that the ongoing scan never completes. This happens
since EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS is discarded on a disabled interface.

Fix this and also other possible radio work completion issues
by removing all the radio works (including started) of the
disabled interface.

To be able to remove already started radio works, make their
callbacks be reentrant with deinit flag (when the work
is started), so each radio work should be able to handle
its own termination.

Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2014-02-16 00:06:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2dff9e87b9 Remove unused NFC_RX_HANDOVER_REQ
The more generic NFC_REPORT_HANDOVER is now used to report completed NFC
connection handover operations in either role and NFC_RX_HANDOVER_REQ
did not have any implementation within wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-02-15 11:22:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7ae7a84eef NFC: Workaround nfcpy message debug exception
The current nfcpy version does not support new WSC connection handover
message format and the handover server fails to process the request due
to a debug print. As a temporary workaround, override
HandoverServer::_process_request() with a version that avoids pretty()
print of the handover messages. This can be removed once nfcpy has been
updated to support the new format.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-13 16:37:43 +02:00
Max Stepanov
cbf21c7cb5 P2P: Avoid compiler warning in p2p_supplicant.c
Initialize flag variable explicitly to avoid [-Wmaybeuninitialized]
compiler warning in wpas_p2p_verify_channel().

Signed-hostap: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2014-02-13 15:46:37 +02:00
Eytan Lifshitz
5e6aa04b09 wpa_supplicant: Fix memory leak in wfd_subelems error path
Memory allocated by calling function ieee802_11_vendor_ie_concat()
was not freed on an error path int ctrl_iface BSS command.

Signed-hostap: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
2014-02-13 15:41:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
88853aedf6 Fix CONFIG_WPS_NFC=y build without CONFIG_P2P=y
Some of the control interface operations for P2P were not properly
protected with #ifdef CONFIG_P2P.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-02-13 15:29:09 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
7ac7fd43aa Add bssid/freq hint for driver-based BSS selection
This uses the new nl80211 attributes to allow the connect command to
provide bssid and freq hints to the driver without limiting roaming to
the specific BSS/frequency. This can be used by drivers that perform
internal BSS selection (WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION) as a candidate
for initial association.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-02-13 15:14:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d6bfaaac69 NFC: Add summary and success file options for nfcpy scripts
These can be used to get updates on NFC operation status and success for
external programs.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-12 16:44:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
25cfc6f11e P2P NFC: Add p2p-nfc.py --handover-only option
p2p-nfc.py allowed an NFC Tag to be read and reported to wpa_supplicant
even in cases where it was explicitly asked to initiate negotiated
connection handover and return after completing this operation. The new
command line argument can be used to disable NFC Tag read operations
when a negotiated connection handover is expected.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-12 12:45:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7bea076458 P2P NFC: Clean up p2p-nfc.py error handling
If wpa_supplicant reports a failure when trying to generate a handover
request, detect that before trying to decode the response as a hex
string.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-11 19:33:43 +02:00
Mahesh A Saptasagar
062a7c0d67 Fix persistent P2P connection failure in case channel list changes
P2P persistent connection may fail due to 802.11d channel change event
invalidating support of the operating frequency sent in the invitation
request, before receiving the invitation response. If the operating
frequency is invalid at the time the invitation response is processed
and there is no forced frequency provided by user, allow frequency
re-selection.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-07 15:44:41 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
0547124d47 wpa_supplicant: Add DFS indicator to get_capability freq
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-02-06 16:13:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bab6677a31 Handle Wi-Fi Display commands more carefully if P2P is disabled
If P2P was disabled (e.g., due to driver not supporting it or through
p2p_disabled=1 configuration), setting Wi-Fi Display parameters could
result in segmentation fault when the WFD IE is updated without the P2P
module being initialized. Fix this by skipping the update if P2P module
is not in use. In addition, show Wi-Fi Display as disabled in "GET
wifi_display" and refuse to enable it with "SET wifi_display 1" if P2P
is not enabled.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-02-06 16:03:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94ff22ea08 Remove dead code from AP setup
wpa_supplicant_create_ap() is only called for AP mode, so there is no
point in trying to address station (infra/IBSS) modes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-04 13:23:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0b5ff2ae12 WPS: Remove unused Credential AP Channel processing
Commit bd3a373767 added a mechanism to use
AP Channel attribute from within a Credential attribute to optimize
scans. However, this design is not actually used with the WPS NFC use
cases. With configuration token, the AP Channel attribute is in the same
container with the Credential attribute (and that was also handled in
the previous implementation). With connection handover, AP Channel
information is outside the Credential attribute as well.

Simplify implementation by removing the AP Channel within Credential
case. This allows wpas_wps_use_cred() to get the AP Channel from the
container instead of having to find this during credential iteration.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-04 13:23:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
44f967c729 Update ChangeLog files to match current implementation
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-04 13:23:35 +02:00
Prashanth Kumar
1b56d398a7 wpa_supplicant: Fix misplaced os_free
os_free has wfd_dev_info_hex as an argument which is defined within
CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG

Signed-hostap: Prashanth Kumar <prashanthkumar.kr@globaledgesoft.com>
2014-02-03 19:35:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d950477913 Fix authentication algorithm negotiation in SME code
Commit 6ac4b15ef8 (wpa_radio work for
connection) caused a regression for cases where multiple auth_alg values
are set in a network block and wpa_supplicant-based SME is supposed to
iterate through them. The connection radio work was not terminated when
receiving authentication failure and this resulted in the following
authentication attempt failing.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-02-03 19:34:33 +02:00
Eytan Lifshitz
04c366cb1d Fix memory leaks and wrong memory access
1. In wpa_config_process_bgscan() fix memory leak after
   calling wpa_config_parse_string()
2. In hostapd_config_defaults(), on failure to allocate bss->radius,
   conf->bss was not freed.
3. In p2p_deauth_nofif(), memory allocated in p2p_parse_ies() was not
   freed in case of NULL minor_reason_code.
4. In p2p_disassoc_nofif(), memory allocated in p2p_parse_ies() was
   not freed in case of NULL minor_reason_code.
5. In p2p_process_go_neg_conf(), memory allocated was not freed in
   case that the P2P Device interface was not waiting for a
   GO Negotiation Confirm.
6. In wpa_set_pkcs11_engine_and_module_path(), the wrong pointer was
   checked.

Signed-hostap: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
2014-01-30 14:01:31 +02:00
Eytan Lifshitz
fd67275b85 wpa_supplicant: Fix wrong size memory allocation
Fix memory allocation in wpa_scan_clone_params(), where the
allocation request used the size of a pointer rather than the
size of the structure.

Signed-hostap: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
2014-01-30 13:59:29 +02:00
Naresh Jayaram
4701f379f0 wpa_cli: Add tdls_external_control to tab completion for SET
This global configuration parameter was added in commit
800d58721c but the tab completion list for
the wpa_cli SET command in interactive mode was not updated.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-30 13:10:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2e98839243 P2P: Disable DNS server from dnsmasq
This avoids issues with multiple instances of dnsmasq running, e.g.,
with one on eth0 and the other one for the P2P group.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c07f2615a0 P2P NFC: Add script for connection handover with nfcpy
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
12288d848c WPS NFC: Protect nfcpy pretty print calls against exceptions
nfcpy does not yet support all the new message formats, so some of the
pretty() calls can result in exceptions.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c209dd1108 WPS NFC: nfcpy script to use new connection handover design
Fetch a carrier record from wpa_supplicant instead of full handover
request. This makes it easier for external programs to build handover
request messages with multiple alternative carriers.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6202500f6f WPS NFC: Logging level configuration to wps-nfc.py and wps-ap-nfc.py
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1f1b5b31d7 WPS NFC: Clean up nfcpy script no-wait operations
This allows the scripts to terminate at proper point with --no-wait.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
79ede5a7e6 WPS NFC: Validate ctrl_iface response before decoding it
If the operation fails for any reason ("FAIL" response), it is cleaner
to return error clearly instead of hitting an exception in the hex
decoder.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ab1db08c05 WPS NFC: Use argparse in the nfcpy scripts
This cleans up command line parsing and simplifies the commands.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6f8fa6e552 WPS NFC: Update wps-nfc.py and wps-ap-nfc.py to use new nfcpy API
This moves many of the peer discovery operations into the core nfcpy.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b56f6c8869 P2P NFC: Add support for freq option in NFC ctrl_iface commands
This can be used to force an operating channel for P2P group formation
triggered by NFC operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
91a65018d8 WPS NFC: Use BSSID and AP Channel from handover select
These optional attributes, if present, can be used to speed up the
initial connection by using a single channel scan.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
91226e0d12 WPS: Add testing option to corrupt public key hash
If CONFIG_WPS_TESTING=y is enabled in build configuration, the new
wps_corrupt_pkhash parameter (similar to wps_testing_dummy_cred) can be
used to request public key hash to be corrupted in all generated OOB
Device Password attributes. This can be used for testing purposes to
validate public key hash validation steps.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
73127764fe WPS NFC: add more debug prints for connection handover report
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5cd4f66095 WPS NFC: Use AP Channel information from credential container
This allows NFC Configuration Token to indicate the current AP operating
channel, so that a single channel scan can be used to speed up the
initial connection.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5cd4740580 P2P NFC: WPA state machine config with driver-based BSS selection
wpa_s->current_bss was updated too late for the
wpa_supplicant_rsn_supp_set_config() call within
wpa_supplicant_select_config(). Re-order code so that current_bss gets
updated between current_ssid update and this call to set the WPA state
machine configuration, so that the new code that determines whether the
current GO support the new IP address assignment mechanism works.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e9f53c367 P2P NFC: Static handover with NFC Tag on client
This adds a new P2P Invitation mechanism to invite a P2P Device with an
NFC Tag to an already operating group when the GO with NFC Device reads
the NFC Tag. The P2P Device with the NFC Tag will then accept invitation
and connect to the group automatically using its OOB Device Password.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd87677115 P2P NFC: Enable own NFC Tag on GO Registrar
When "P2P_SET nfc_tag 1" is used to enable the own NFC Tag for P2P, also
enable it for any running GO interface.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
abe44e3ca2 P2P NFC: Add GO info into handover message when in client role
P2P Group ID can optionally be included in the connection handover
messages when acting as a P2P Client in a group. Add this information
and show it in the P2P-NFC-PEER-CLIENT event message.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
23318bea94 P2P NFC: Optimize join-a-group operation based on NFC information
When the NFC connection handover message received from a peer indicates
that the peer is operating as a GO on a specific channel, use that
information to avoid having to go through full scan. In addition, skip
the separate join-a-group scan since we already know the operating
channel, GO P2P Device Address, and SSID.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
86e320819c P2P NFC: Copy DH parameters to a separate group interface
The DH public and private key needs to be copied for the separate group
interface if that is used for a P2P group.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d4b4d7fe3c WPS NFC: Update DH keys for ER operations
Since wpa_s->conf->wps_nfc_dh_* parameters can be set in number of code
paths, update the wps_context copy of the DH keys even if no new keys
were generated for the request. This tries to avoid some cases where
public key hash may not have matched the public key used in the ER
operation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
59b45d1afe P2P NFC: Add processing of P2P client while NFC handover case
Instead of automatically triggering a connection, provide an indication
of one of the devices being a P2P client to upper layers to allow user
to determine what to do next.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
74df9ecd4a P2P NFC: Do not try to join peer if both devices are already GO
Send a P2P-NFC-BOTH-GO event to upper layers to determine what to
do in case both devices going through NFC connection handover are
already operating as a GO.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
201b0f5fa6 P2P: Add test option to disable IP address assignment request
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
25ef8529c1 P2P: Add support for IP address assignment in 4-way handshake
This new mechanism allows P2P Client to request an IPv4 address from the
GO as part of the 4-way handshake to avoid use of DHCP exchange after
4-way handshake. If the new mechanism is used, the assigned IP address
is shown in the P2P-GROUP-STARTED event on the client side with
following new parameters: ip_addr, ip_mask, go_ip_addr. The assigned IP
address is included in the AP-STA-CONNECTED event on the GO side as a
new ip_addr parameter. The IP address is valid for the duration of the
association.

The IP address pool for this new mechanism is configured as global
wpa_supplicant configuration file parameters ip_addr_go, ip_addr_mask,
ip_addr_star, ip_addr_end. For example:

ip_addr_go=192.168.42.1
ip_addr_mask=255.255.255.0
ip_addr_start=192.168.42.2
ip_addr_end=192.168.42.100

DHCP mechanism is expected to be enabled at the same time to support P2P
Devices that do not use the new mechanism. The easiest way of managing
the IP addresses is by splitting the IP address range into two parts and
assign a separate range for wpa_supplicant and DHCP server.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c4f87a701b P2P NFC: Add NFC tag enabling for static handover
The device with the NFC Tag can be configured to enable NFC to be used
with "P2P_SET nfc_tag 1" and "P2P_LISTEN" commands to allow static
handover to be used.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd37a93884 P2P NFC: Report handover select from tag for static handover
WPS_NFC_TAG_READ can be used to report static connection handover where
the connection handover select message was read from an NFC tag.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
db6ae69e6b P2P NFC: Report connection handover as trigger for P2P
"NFC_REPORT_HANDOVER {INIT,RESP} P2P <req> <sel>" can now be used to
report completed NFC negotiated connection handover in which the P2P
alternative carrier was selected.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9358878055 P2P NFC: Build connection handover messages
"NFC_GET_HANDOVER_{REQ,SEL} NDEF P2P-CR" can now be used to build P2P
alternative carrier record for NFC connection handover request/select
messages.

Static connection handover case can be enabled by configuring the DH
parameters (either with wps_nfc_* configuration parameters or with
WPS_NFC_TOKEN command at run time. The NFC Tag contents can be generated
with "NFC_GET_HANDOVER_SEL NDEF P2P-CR-TAG" after having configured
Listen channel (p2p_listen_reg_class/p2p_listen_channel).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ab9e34426f P2P NFC: Pass OOB Device Password ID to P2P
GO Negotiation needs to know which OOB Device Password ID is assigned
for the peer when NFC is used as the trigger.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
50d1f8901c NFC: Update WPS ER to use the new connection handover design
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d95079361b WPS NFC: Add support for wpa_supplicant AP/GO mode to use handover
New functionality is needed for this with the update NFC connection
handover design that depends on the AP side using the public key hash
from the handover request.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fa4c2988ae WPS NFC: Process new style handover select
The new WPS connection handover select includes Registrar public key
hash instead of credential. Use the new information to start
abbreviated WPS handshake instead of configuring a new network directly
from the old Credential-from-NFC design.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
41f9ffb635 WPS NFC: Build new style carrier record for connection handover request
It is more useful to be able to build a single NFC carrier record
instead of the full connection handover request message to allow
external components to decide whether to negotiate which alternative
carrier is used. This updates the carrier record contents to the new
design to include Enrollee public key hash and provides this as a
carrier record instead of full message. An external program is expected
to be used to build the full NFC connection handover message with
potentially other alternative carrier records included.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
57630e658b WPS: Preparations for allowing SSID filtering for provisioning step
If the SSID of the WPS AP is known, it should be possible to limit AP
selection based on this when searching for an active WPS AP. This commit
adds a mechanism to specify SSID for this type of uses.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f4545573f WPS NFC: Validate peer public key hash on Enrollee
Since the Enrollee can now get the public key hash from the Registrar,
there is need to validate this during the WPS protocol run.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea43ad960b P2P: Make group operating channel available
Provide local GO channel to the P2P module so that it can be used in
messages that indicate the current operating channel.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Arif Hussain
253f2e3795 P2P: Apply unsafe frequency rules to available channels
This adds a QCA vendor specific nl80211 event to allow the driver to
indicate a list of frequency ranges that should be avoided due to
interference or possible known co-existance constraints. Such
frequencies are marked as not allowed for P2P use to force groups to be
formed on different channels.

If a P2P GO is operating on a channel that the driver recommended not to
use, a notification about this is sent on the control interface and
upper layer code may decide to tear down the group and optionally
restart it on another channel. As a TODO item, this could also be changed
to use CSA to avoid removing the group.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 11:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8615bdfac9 Increase global ctrl_iface buffer to same size as per-interface
Since the global ctrl_iface can be used with IFNAME= prefix to send
commands to be processed by per-interface code, it should have the same
(well, close to same since the prefix takes some space) limits on
command length as the per-interface ctrl_iface. Increase the buffer from
256 to 4096 to achieve this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-23 16:57:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c5a64e2d51 GAS client: Use Protected Dual of Public Action frames with PMF
When GAS is used with PMF negotiated, Protected Dual of Public Action
frames are expected to be used instead of Public Action frames, i.e.,
the GAS/ANQP frames are expected to be encrypted. Conver Public Action
GAS queries to use Dual of Public Action frame if PMF has been
negotiated with the AP to which the frame is being sent.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-23 11:50:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5ce00d09c0 GAS server: Add support for Protected Dual of Public Action frames
When GAS is used with PMF negotiated, Protected Dual of Public Action
frames are expected to be used instead of Public Action frames, i.e.,
the GAS/ANQP frames are expected to be encrypted. Add support for this
different category of Action frames being used for GAS. The payload
after the Category field is identical, so the only change is in using
the Category field based on what was received in the request frames. For
backwards compatibility, do not enforce protected dual to be used on the
AP side, i.e., follow what the station does.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-23 11:19:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea6e040c30 Clear more configuration parameters to default on FLUSH
This makes it more convenient for test scripts to change parameters for
a specific test case without having to separately clear them between
each test case.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-23 10:21:49 +02:00
Raja Mani
cf70d2981d wpa_supplicant: Schedule PNO on completion of ongoing sched_scan
When start PNO request comes from control interface, wpa_supplicant
should wait until ongoing sched_scan (triggered by wpa_supplicant)
gets cancelled. Issuing cancel sched_scan and start PNO scan
one after another from pno_start() would lead wpa_supplicant to clear
wps->sched_scanning flag while getting sched_scan stopped event
from driver for cancel sched_scan request. In fact, PNO scan will
be in progress in driver and wpa_s->sched_scanning will not be set
in such cases.

In addition to this change, RSSI threshold limit is passed as part of
start sched_scan request. This was previously set only in pno_start(),
but the same parameter should be available for generic sched_scan calls
as well and this can now be reached through the new PNO start sequence.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-22 19:41:45 +02:00
Max Stepanov
a6cff8bfa8 wpa_supplicant: Fix seg fault in wpas_ctrl_radio_work_flush() in error case
Verify wpa_s->radio pointer before accessing it. If interface addition
fails, this could get called before wpa_s->radio has been set.

The segmentation fault details:

Program received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault.
0x00000000004b9591 in wpas_ctrl_radio_work_flush (wpa_s=0x77fff0) at ctrl_iface.c:5754
5754		dl_list_for_each_safe(work, tmp, &wpa_s->radio->work,

Call stack:
0  wpas_ctrl_radio_work_flush (wpa_s=0x77fff0) at ctrl_iface.c:5754
1  wpa_supplicant_deinit_iface (wpa_s=0x77fff0, notify=0, terminate=0) at wpa_supplicant.c:3619
2  wpa_supplicant_add_iface (global=0x75db10, iface=0x7fffffffe270) at wpa_supplicant.c:3691
3  wpas_p2p_add_p2pdev_interface (wpa_s=0x75dd20) at p2p_supplicant.c:3700
4  main (argc=<optimized out>, argv=<optimized out>) at main.c:317

Function:
5750	void wpas_ctrl_radio_work_flush(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
5751	{
5752		struct wpa_radio_work *work, *tmp;
5753
5754		dl_list_for_each_safe(work, tmp, &wpa_s->radio->work,
5755				      struct wpa_radio_work, list) {
5756			struct wpa_external_work *ework;
5757
5758			if (os_strncmp(work->type, "ext:", 4) != 0)

Root cause:
(gdb) p wpa_s->radio
$1 = (struct wpa_radio *) 0x0

Signed-hostap: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2014-01-22 19:25:22 +02:00
David Spinadel
f62a3c2fce P2P: Clone dtim_period to a new interface
Cloning dtim_period is needed for P2P GO.

Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2014-01-22 19:24:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
88a0bcab6b Update copyright years in the manpages
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-21 16:33:25 +02:00
Dan Winship
32185f541c Sync manpages and command-line options
Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2014-01-21 16:31:50 +02:00
Dan Williams
b948e78b46 Add manpage for eapol_test
Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2014-01-21 16:30:46 +02:00
Dan Williams
36bd29ee5e wpa_supplicant: Fix usage text based on build options
Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2014-01-21 16:28:31 +02:00
Raja Mani
dd271857a5 Skip normal scan when PNO is already in progress
Scan request failures are observed in wpa_supplicant debug log when
Android framework starts PNO scan in driver via ctrl interface command
'set pno 1' and wpa_supplicant also tries to issue a scan request after
PNO has started in the driver.

Some drivers may reject a normal scan request when PNO is already in
progress. wpa_supplicant should consider PNO status before issuing start
scan request to the driver. Otherwise, wpa_supplicant will get failures
from driver for the scan request and it will end up rescheduling scan
request in periodic interval and get a start scan request failure for
each attempt.

In order to avoid unnecessary scan attempt when PNO scan is already
running, PNO status is checked before issuing scan request to driver.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-21 16:19:49 +02:00
Rashmi Ramanna
a2d6365760 P2P: Extend the listen time based on the active concurrent session
A P2P Device while in the Listen state waiting to respond for the
obtained group negotiation request shall give a fair chance for other
concurrent sessions to use the shared radio by inducing an idle time
between the successive listen states. However, if there are no
concurrent operations, this idle time can be reduced.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-20 22:55:09 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
443427e4ed P2P: Add missing direct global ctrl_iface commands for P2P
It should be noted that these commands are not exclusively used for P2P
or in the global context, so use of these commands through the global
control interface for operations that are specific to a single interface
have undefined behavior and that behavior may change in the future. As
such, these are recommend only for operations that are in the global
context (e.g., for P2P management).

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-01-17 11:58:36 +02:00
Jithu Jance
37b4198af4 P2P: Use GO's operating channel to optimize scan during join
Use P2P GO's operating channel information, if known, to do a single
channel scan during the join operation.

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2014-01-17 11:57:07 +02:00
Arend van Spriel
a0e9d89203 Use minimal scan delay upon EVENT_INTERFACE_ADDED
This patch resets the static interface_count to zero in case of
wpa_supplicant_driver_init() call for wpa_s which is in
INTERFACE_DISABLED state. This interface_count is used for the delay of
the scan which is now minimal for dynamically added interfaces. This may
collide with a scan for another interface, but the same is true for any
chosen delay in this scenario. Also the state change to DISCONNECTED is
moved to wpa_supplicant_driver_init() so it will move from
INTERFACE_DISABLED to INACTIVE when there are no enabled networks.

Tested-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2014-01-17 11:50:31 +02:00
Arend van Spriel
5ddd07cb37 Reset normal_scans counter upon entering INTERFACE_DISABLED state
Depending on the implementation, the scheduled scan may not give results
quickly when in DISCONNECTED state. This patch resets
wpa_s::normal_scans upon entering to the INTERFACE_DISABLED state so a
normal scan is assured upon going to DISCONNECTED state after the
interface has been re-enabled. This mainly solves a long reconnect time
observed upon repeated kernel driver reloads, i.e., third reload
resulted in a scheduled scan.

Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2014-01-17 11:48:17 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
3ed97271ba TDLS: Pass peer's Supported channel and oper class info during sta_add
The information of the peer's supported channel and operating class
is required for the driver to do TDLS off channel operations with a
compatible peer. Pass this information to the driver when the peer
station is getting added.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-14 17:24:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c48414af8f P2P: Limit join-a-group scans based on SSID from invitation
If we already know the SSID of the P2P group we are trying to join, use
that SSID to limit scan responses and BSS selection since we do not
really look for any other network in this case. In addition, this can
fix cases where the peer has just changed its SSID (e.g., started a new
group) and there may be multiple BSS entries for the same BSSID.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-13 21:39:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
78f0c933e0 Flush secondary device types on FLUSH command
This makes it possible to clear previously configured secondary device
types.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-08 22:27:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2b384109f2 P2P: Allow requested device type to be specified with p2p_find
This allows filtering of P2P peers that reply to the device discovery
Probe Request frames.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-08 20:01:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d9bb2821e7 Clear configuration blobs on FLUSH command
All te network blocks and credentials were already cleared, but
configurations blobs should also be cleared here, e.g., to get
more consistent behavior test cases using EAP-FAST PACs.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-08 16:42:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c60ba9f7ab Skip network disabling on expected EAP failure
Some EAP methods can go through a step that is expected to fail and as
such, should not trigger temporary network disabling when processing
EAP-Failure or deauthentication. EAP-WSC for WPS was already handled as
a special case, but similar behavior is needed for EAP-FAST with
unauthenticated provisioning.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-08 16:42:15 +02:00
Ben Greear
3043b4f455 nl80211: Document how to configure for libnl 2.0 and 3.2
Reported-by: Xose Vazquez Perez <xose.vazquez@gmail.com>

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2014-01-07 15:35:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
95fb2db242 P2P: Reject group formation on WPS provisioning failure
There is no need to wait for the 15 second group formation timeout to
clear the state if WPS failure is detected during P2P group formation.
Allow the WPS exchange steps (WSC_NACK and EAP-Failure) to be completed
and remove the group to get rid of the extra wait.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6fc61e180e Fix TX status processing during AP mode shutdown in wpa_supplicant
A TX status event could be received after the AP interface has already
been deinitialized. This needs to check for NULL pointer before trying
to indicate the event to AP functions.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b6a9590b34 Interworking: Keep up to two pending GAS_REQUEST responses
Previously, only the last response data was kept in memory. This
increases that to hold up to two last responses to allow some more
parallel operations to be requested. In addition, the response data is
now freed as soon as the external program has fetched it.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
090b8e3d14 Update copyright notices for the new year 2014
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
356d1488c4 Interworking: Add optional freq argument to INTERWORKING_SELECT
This can be used to limit which channels are scanned using the specified
list of frequency ranges in the same format that the SCAN command uses.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a09ffd5f2f Fix req_scan-deplete-timeout and update eloop API for this
Commit e2f5a9889a was supposed to prevent
new scan request from pushing out the old one. However, it did not
really do that since eloop_deplete_timeout() returned 0 both for the
case where the old timeout existed (and was sooner) and if the old
timeout did not exist. It returned 1 only for the case where an old
timeout did exist and was larger than the new requested value. That case
used to result in wpa_supplicant_req_scan() rescheduling the timeout,
but hew code in eloop_deplete_timeout() did the exact same thing and as
such, did not really change anything apart from the debug log message.

Extend the eloop_deplete_timeout() (and eloop_replenish_timeout() for
that matter since it is very similar) to return three different values
based on whether the timeout existed or not and if yes, whether it was
modified. This allows wpa_supplicant_req_scan() to schedule a new
timeout only in the case there was no old timeout.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
083916c022 P2P: Clear p2p_disabled and p2p_per_sta_psk on FLUSH command
The control interface FLUSH command now includes clearing of
"P2P_SET disabled 1" and "P2P_SET per_sta_psk 1".

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3f45fc403f P2P: Clear services on FLUSH command
The control interface FLUSH command now includes the step executed by
the P2P_SERVICE_FLUSH command.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1f965e622a Allow external programs to request wpa_radio work items
The new control interface command RADIO_WORK can be used by external
programs to request radio allocation slots from wpa_supplicant if
exclusive radio control is needed, e.g., for offchannel operations. If
such operations are done directly to the driver, wpa_supplicant may not
have enough information to avoid conflicting operations. This new
command can be used to provide enough information and radio scheduling
to avoid issues with such cases.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6428d0a71f Do not start wpa_radio work during externally triggered scan
If an external program triggers a scan, wpa_supplicant does not have a
wpa_radio work item for this operation to protect against other
offchannel operations. This can result in operations failing, so try to
avoid damage by not starting any new wpa_radio work items during a scan
that was started by another process.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6470f471e4 Remove unneeded scan delay on connection-in-progress
This type of protection against concurrent connection and scan
operations is now enforced through the wpa_radio work mechanism, so this
separate protection mechanism is not needed anymore.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4bb232153f Remove unneeded GAS query delay on connection-in-progress
This type of protection against concurrent connection and offchannel GAS
operations is now enforced through the wpa_radio work mechanism, so this
separate protection mechanism is not needed anymore.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6ac4b15ef8 Use wpa_radio work for connection
This protects against conflicting offchannel operations during
connection (authentication, association, EAP exchanges, 4-way
handshake).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b9e6d7001d Use radio work for GAS requests
Avoid concurrent GAS operations with any other exclusive use of the
radio by using the radio work queuing mechanism. This replaces some of
the earlier constraints on concurrent operations with the more generic
wpa_radio work concept.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e05e130837 P2P: Use radio work to protect offchannel Action frame exchanges
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e1d1c8e223 Use radio work for P2P Listen requests
Avoid concurrent P2P Listen operations with any other exclusive use of
the radio by using the radio work queuing mechanism. This removes some
of the earlier workarounds that postponed scans depending on other
operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 09:45:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1b5d4714dd Use radio work for P2P scan requests
Avoid concurrent P2P scan requests with any other exclusive use of the
radio by using the radio work queuing mechanism. This removes some of
the earlier workarounds that postponed scans depending on other
operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:39:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d12a51b5d2 Use radio work for scan requests
Avoid concurrent scan requests by using the radio work queuing
mechanism.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:37:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b1ae396f59 Add framework for exclusive radio operations
The new radio work item concept can be used to request time for an
operation that requires exclusive radio control, e.g., a scan. Once the
radio is available, the registered callback function will be called.
radio_work_done() must be called once the exclusive radio operation has
been completed, so that the radio is freed for other operations. The
special case of deinit=1 is used to free the context data during
interface removal. That does not allow the callback function to start
the radio operation, i.e., it needs to free the allocated resources
and return.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:37:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd43aaa509 Add helper functions for cloning and freeing scan parameters
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:35:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
06f9acce18 Ignore externally triggered scan results with scan_res_handler
wpa_s->scan_res_handler is set only for cases where a scan operation is
requested for a specific purpose. As such, this callback should only be
called when a scan result from a scan that was triggered by
wpa_supplicant is processed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:34:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c9b5559737 Clean up ctrl_iface debug prints for monitor events
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:34:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d31b5ac778 Use cleaner debug print for ctrl_iface commands with private info
Convert this to a text string instead of ASCII hexdump to make the
debug log more convenient to use.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:33:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9595151f3f Remove duplicated RX ctrl_iface hexdump
The newer wpa_dbg() print includes the same information in a more
convenient form, so remove the duplicate RX ctrl_iface hexdump in the
cases where there is no key material in the control interface commands
(the possible-key-material case is still using wpa_hexdump_ascii_key).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:33:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9b850799c1 Fix scan-cache-clearing operation to avoid unnecessary cases
wpa_drv_scan() success case was supposed to clear
wpa_s->clear_driver_scan_cache, not params->only_new_results (which
would do nothing here).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-03 08:55:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2f30cac36f Avoid unnecessary key clearing operations
Track set_key operations per-key index and clear keys on disconnection
only if the key was set (or may have been set which is the case for the
first operation after wpa_supplicant start).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-02 23:49:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
949938aadf Ask driver to report only new scan results if requested
If the BSS table within wpa_supplicant is flushed, request the driver to
flush its own scan result table during the next scan. This can avoid
unexpected old BSS entries showing up after BSS_FLUSH or FLUSH command
in cases where the driver may maintain its internal cache of scan
results (e.g., cfg80211 BSS table persists at least for 15 seconds).

In addition to doing this automatically on BSS_FLUSH/FLUSH, a new SCAN
command argument, only_new=1, can be used to request a manual scan
request to do same. Though, it should be noted that this maintains the
BSS table within wpa_supplicant. BSS_FLUSH followed by SCAN command can
be used to clear all BSS entries from both the driver and
wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-02 23:03:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
101bdc2e8c Remove forgotten notes about already removed driver wrappers
These old driver wrappers have been removed quite some time ago, but
some of the build configuration notes were still describing how they
are configured.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-02 10:23:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
70067530b6 Update EAP-FAST note regarding OpenSSL support
This is now supported in the current OpenSSL version.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-02 10:13:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5890fa81d8 WPS: Fix clear-from-timeout handling to avoid race condition
The 100 ms timeout to clear WPS state after EAP-Failure has been
received worked otherwise fine, but it opened a race condition on
another WPS operation starting within that wait. If that happens, the
timeout will cancel that new operation unexpectedly. Fix this by
cancelling the timeout from wpas_clear_wps().

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-01 22:00:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c64e3a08a9 P2P: Send received Presence Response information to ctrl_iface monitors
The P2P_PRESENCE_REQ command did not give any easily available
indication of the response received from the GO. Make this more useful
by providing such response (if received) as a ctrl_iface monitor event
(P2P-PRESENCE-RESPONSE).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-01 18:44:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c5838683a8 Mark wpas_wps_er_nfc_handover_sel() static
This is not used outside wps_supplicant.c.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 19:37:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0187c41d88 Declare wpa_debug_* variables in src/utils/wpa_debug.h
These were somewhat more hidden to avoid direct use, but there are now
numerous places where these are needed and more justification to make
the extern int declarations available from wpa_debug.h. In addition,
this avoids some warnings from sparse.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 19:29:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fcc61230d1 Declare wpa_drivers in src/drivers/driver.h
This avoids some warnings from sparse.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 19:19:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d79b50ae7 Clear EAPOL Logoff state on FLUSH command
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 19:03:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4848a38d85 Get rid of duplicated cipher suite and AKM definitions
WPA_CIPHER_* and CIPHER_* are used for the exact same set of cipher
suites with the main difference being that the WPA_CIPHER_* version is
suitable to be used as a bitfield. Similarly, WPA_KEY_MGMT_* and
KEY_MGMT_* have similar design for AKMs. There is no need to maintain
two separate copies of the definitions since the bitfield compatible
version can be used for both needs. Get rid of the CIPHER_* and
KEY_MGMT_* versions to clean up the implementation by getting rid of
unnecessary mapping functions.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 09:16:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ef93abded7 WPS: Clean up UUID debug print
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-30 23:35:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
03ed332407 Interworking: Allow cred blocks not to be saved to a file
The new cred block parameter 'temporary' can be used to indicate that a
cred block is not to be saved to wpa_supplicant configuration file
(e.g., "SET_CRED 0 temporary 1"). This is similar to the concept of
temporary network blocks and allows cred blocks to be managed outside
the wpa_supplicant config file when other parameters are still saved to
the file written by wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-30 15:43:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
04f7ecc686 Reset WPA parameters to default values on FLUSH command
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 19:25:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
152cff6ba6 P2P: Remove WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT option
The option of handling upper layer P2P management operations within the
driver/firmware was originally planned to be used with wpa_supplicant,
but this has not really happened and there is no clear sign of this
being needed in the near term either. This functionality has not been
completed and it is certainly not being kept up-to-date or tested. As
such, it is best to remove it for now and if this or something similar
is needed in the future, it can be brought back once a clear need for it
has been demonstrated first.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 18:20:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
538d6f4b54 WPS: Use shorter scan interval during pre-provisioning search
Previously, the shorter scan interval was already in use for the
connection following the provisioning step, but same optimization can
also be used for the pre-provisioning scan.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 18:02:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3187fd900d WPS: Replace wpas_wps_in_progress with identical wpas_wps_searching
There is no point in maintaining two different functions that do
practically the same check of WPS state.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 17:59:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dbfb8e82ff Remove unnecessary EVENT_RX_ACTION
This driver event was used separately for some Action frames, but all
the driver wrappers converted to this from information that would have
been enough to indicate an EVENT_RX_MGMT event. In addition, the
received event was then converted back to a full IEEE 802.11 management
frame for processing in most cases. This is unnecessary complexity, so
get rid of the extra path and use EVENT_RX_MGMT for Action frames as
well as other management frame subtypes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 17:18:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8aaafcee9e Make local UUID available through ctrl_iface STATUS command
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 10:00:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7b02375a41 Clear wps_fragment_size on FLUSH command
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 10:00:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
db76aa64f1 Fix PeerKey 4-way handshake
The earlier changes to buffer EAPOL frames when not associated to avoid
race conditions (especially commit
3ab35a6603 but maybe something even before
that) broke PeerKey 4-way handshake. Fix this by using a separate check
before the race condition workaround to process PeerKey 4-way handshake
EAPOL-Key messages differently.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-28 16:32:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2cd0f6a429 WNM: Add Target BSSID into BSS Transition Management Response
P802.11-REVmc clarifies that the Target BSSID field is always present
hen status code is zero, so match that requirement.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-27 18:11:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a8a6a35fd6 WNM: Use nonzero dialog token in BSS Transition Management Query
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-27 18:11:07 +02:00
Sudha Daram
3c1060ff8f WNM: Add debug logs to get the RSSI from the scan results
This commit adds few more debug prints to log the RSSI information from
the scanned BSSIDs and the current connected BSSID when comparing
neighbor results during WNM Transition Management Request processing.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-12-26 22:26:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c511b321f3 WPS: Remove old duplicate network even if key is different
Previously, WPS credential provisioning removed duplicated network
entries only if they had identicical SSID, security parameters, and the
keys. However, it is possible that the AP has changes its keys and
leaving the old entry behind can result in connectibity issues (e.g.,
with 4-way handshake failing due to use of the old PSK). Fix this by
allowing the old network entry to be removed even if the keys
(passphrase, PSK, WEP keys) are different.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-12-26 20:50:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9d2cb3ec94 Make CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y enable all testing options
This makes it easier to enable various testing parameters and
functionality in build configuration.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-12-26 20:50:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
662b40b16b WPS: Reduce scan wait time during WPS processing
Since the AP is expected to be available, there is no need to wait for
the full five second wait between scans during WPS connection. This
speeds up cases where the first scan misses the AP for some reason.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-12-26 20:50:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
015af91fea Do not use results from externally requested scan for network selection
It may not always be desirable to trigger reassociation or network
change based on scan results from externally to wpa_supplicant trigger
scan operations. Skip network selection and roaming determination if the
received scan result is known to be triggered by something external to
wpa_supplicant. The control interface SCAN command can be used to
request wpa_supplicant to determine the best network.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 20:50:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1cd93ff743 Reschedule own scan request if an externally started one is in progress
This avoids some unnecessary attempts to request the driver to start a
scan while it is still busy with the scan operation that was started by
an external program.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 18:48:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dc3906cb2d Show timing information about scan requests in debug log
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 18:48:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d81c73be18 Optional scan id for ctrl_iface SCAN requests
This allows users of wpa_supplicant control interface to figure out when
their specific scan command has been started and completed. For example:

CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-STARTED
> scan freq=2412,2417 passive=1 use_id=1
3
CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-RESULTS
CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-STARTED id=3
CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-RESULTS id=3

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 18:48:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a5f40eff18 Track whether scan was started by us or an external program
This can be used to improve scan behavior in cases external programs
request scans directly from the driver.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 18:27:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
88c2d48860 Allow passive scan to be requested with SCAN passive=1
This allows external programs to request wpa_supplicant to execute
a passive scan (i.e., do not send any Probe Request frames).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 18:27:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
69278f7328 Remove unused last_scan_full
This parameter was not really used for anything else apart from a debug
message in the same function that set it. In addition, cfg80211 returns
the set of scanned frequencies even for the full scan, so the code that
was setting this conditionally on frequency list not being there was not
really ever entered either.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 18:27:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1f5d2dd3d7 Interworking: Allow EAP-FAST to be used
This behaves like PEAP as far as Interworking network selection is
concerned.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 16:55:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6ffa1687ee Add GAS-QUERY-START and GAS-QUERY-DONE event messages
External programs can use these new control interface events to better
track progress of GAS operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 16:55:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fee5234284 Allow channel list to be specified for SCAN command
The new freq=<frequency ranges> parameter to the SCAN command can be
used to request a scan to be performed on the specified set of channels
instead of on all channels. For example, "wpa_cli scan
freq=2400-2500,5180" would scan channels 1-14 and 36. Only the channels
that the driver indicates as enabled and that are within the specified
ranges are included in the request.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 16:55:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
98eda9c26d Move int_array helpfer functions to utils/common.c
These can be useful outside scan.c, so make them available.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 13:37:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a4cfb48694 Add make lcov-html to generate code coverage report
In addition, update build rules to compile object files in the same
directory as the source code file if CONFIG_CODE_COVERAGE=y is set to
make lcov find the source code files.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 13:37:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4daa011be4 Clean up cipher capability prints
Use an array of ciphers and a loop instead of copy-pasted copies of the
same printing functionality for each cipher.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-25 10:44:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
30675c3416 Add definitions for new cipher suites from IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013
This adds initial parts for supporting the new GCMP-256, CCMP-256,
BIP-GMAC-128, BIP-GMAC-256, and BIP-CMAC-256 cipher suites.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-24 22:21:04 +02:00
Moshe Benji
ab41595f35 wpa_supplicant: Fix crash when terminating all interfaces
In wpa_supplicant_terminate_proc(), while iterating and
terminating interfaces, after an interface is terminated,
we can no longer access its memory as it is no longer valid
and causes a crash.

Fix this by saving the pointer to the next interface before freeing
the current one to avoid accessing an invalid memory location.

Signed-hostap: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
2013-12-24 08:29:28 +02:00
Johannes Berg
a12d34546a wpa_supplicant: Use monotonic time for last_scan check
This just serves to check if there was a scan within
the last 5 seconds, hence it should use monotonic time.
While at it, also use os_reltime_expired().

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 08:21:18 +02:00
Johannes Berg
51bffab117 WPS: Use monotonic time for AP connection attempt
This is only used for a debug message, but that message prints
the time since the last attempt, so it should use monotonic
time instead of wall clock.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 08:19:47 +02:00
Johannes Berg
6473e5c842 wpa_supplicant: Use relative time for TKIP Michael MIC failures
The MMIC failure code should use monotonic time to check
whether 60 seconds have elapsed or not. For type-safety,
use struct os_reltime for the timestamp variable, and
also convert to using os_reltime_expired().

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 08:18:47 +02:00
Johannes Berg
4e1eae1dff wpa_supplicant: Use monotonic time for temp-disabled networks
Temporarily disabled networks are disabled for a certain
duration, so the code should use monotonic time.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 08:01:59 +02:00
Johannes Berg
151ab808fa P2P: Use monotonic time for GO client waiting
GO activation can fail if the first client doesn't connect
within a certain time, but this should not be dependent on
wall time -- use monotonic time instead.

While at it, use os_reltime_expired().

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 08:00:03 +02:00
Johannes Berg
3326f19355 IBSS RSN: Use monotonic time for reinit detection
The reinit detection skips reinit when the time since the own
authentication frame TX is less than half a second, so it shouldn't
be affected by wall time and use monotonic time instead.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 07:58:21 +02:00
Johannes Berg
c2be937ce7 wpa_supplicant: Use monotonic time for EAPOL RX workaround
The EAPOL RX workaround checks that the events are less than 100 ms
apart, so only uses relative times and should use monotonic time.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 07:35:42 +02:00
Johannes Berg
e72a001b0f bgscan: Use monotonic time
The bgscan simple and learn algorithms should run regardless
of wall clock time jumps, so make them use monotonic time.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 07:34:43 +02:00
Johannes Berg
acb69cec6f wpa_supplicant: Use monotonic time for RX/BSS times
The BSS table, scan timeout, and related functionality should use
monotonic time since they care about relative values (age) only.
Unfortunately, these are all connected, so the patch can't be split
further. Another problem with this is that it changes the driver wrapper
API. Though, it seems only the test driver is using this.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 07:27:02 +02:00
Johannes Berg
46b8d4c004 wpa_supplicant: Use monotonic time for SA query timeout
The SA query timeout is just a regular timeout (currently
hard-coded to 1000 TU), so use monotonic time for it.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 07:17:25 +02:00
Eliad Peller
3e06180fe0 bgscan_learn: Start scanning from the first freq
bgscan_learn_get_probe_freq() starts from returning the second entry in
the supp_freqs arrays. Change its logic a bit to make it start from the
first entry.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2013-12-24 06:54:34 +02:00
Eyal Shapira
f4c73ae640 bgscan_learn: Fix initial interval
In case the initial signal level of the associated BSS was above the
given threshold, bgscan_learn module would begin using the
short_interval but never switch to the long_interval as there would be
no signal change event. Make the init code poll for the current signal
level and set scan_interval accordingly. This logic exists in
bgscan_simple but was missing in bgscan_learn.

Signed-hostap: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
2013-12-24 06:54:24 +02:00
Eliad Peller
7dab119380 bgscan_learn: Avoid redundant frequencies
Some hw modes (e.g., 11b and 11g) contain the same frequencies,
causing the supp_freqs array to be populated with redundant entries.

Check for the existence of the freq before adding it.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2013-12-24 06:49:26 +02:00
Eliad Peller
3727123269 bgscan: Stop bgscan only on disassociation
Stopping bgscan on any state other than COMPLETED results
in bgscan reset (stop + start) on every rekeying operation.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2013-12-24 06:48:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b2838baf6a Update IBSS documentation to include RSN option
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-23 20:21:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
429dd9aff1 Advertise QoS Map support based on driver capability
Do not assume the driver supports QoS Mapping, but instead, advertise
support for this only if CONFIG_INTERWORKING is defined and driver
indicates support for configuring QoS Map.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-12-23 11:05:20 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
b154a24e83 Fix a never-ending loop with multiple radios in wpa_supplicant
Commit 202dec2a94 introduced a never
ending loop for a case where a single wpa_supplicant process is used
with multiple radios. Fix this by advancing the iface pointer properly
to the next interface in the loop until a NULL pointer is hit.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2013-12-14 21:16:05 -08:00
Janusz Dziedzic
8d1fdde7f0 nl80211/hostapd: Extend channel switch notify handling
Adds support for VHT by parsing bandwidth and center_freq{1,2}.

Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2013-12-07 20:50:15 -08:00
Jithu Jance
8567866d75 P2P: Handle frequency conflict in single channel concurrency case
Based on priority, remove the connection with least priority whenever
a frequency conflict is detected.

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2013-12-07 18:55:58 -08:00
Dmitry Shmidt
b125c48fce P2P: Add wfd_dev_info= field for device found event
This field allows adds enough information into the P2P-DEVICE-FOUND
events to figure out if the peer supports Wi-Fi Display.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-12-07 17:57:55 -08:00
Naresh Jayaram
f7579502a6 eap_proxy: Extend Android.mk to support additional libraries
Allow addition static and shared libraries to be specified from the
eap_proxy_*.mk file for Android build. In addition use $(LOCAL_PATH) as
a prefix for that Android makefile part.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-12-07 16:54:24 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
0ad3b9c402 Use wpa_radio data for get_shared_radio_freqs()
This replaces the now unnecessary iteration of get_radio_name() calls.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 21:20:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1b544ffa74 Use wpa_radio data for wpas_wpa_is_in_progress()
This replaces the now unnecessary iteration of get_radio_name() calls.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 21:20:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5b81927d58 Use wpa_radio data for wpas_p2p_search_delay()
This replaces the now unnecessary iteration of get_radio_name() calls.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 21:20:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c67e7e2a23 Use wpa_radio data for channel list updates
This replaces the now unnecessary iteration of get_radio_name() calls.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 21:20:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f88f19b465 Use wpa_radio data for scan result updates
This replaces the now unnecessary iteration of get_radio_name() calls.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 21:20:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
202dec2a94 Add shared per-radio structure for wpa_supplicant
struct wpa_radio is used as a shared data structure between all struct
wpa_supplicant instances that share the same physical radio.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 21:20:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
73c00fd794 Move wpa_supplicant driver initialization into a helper function
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 19:36:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7feff06567 Add CONFIG_CODE_COVERAGE=y option for gcov
This can be used to measure code coverage from test scripts.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 19:16:12 +02:00
Ilan Peer
6f72577f29 P2P: Handle INTERFACE_DISABLED event on a P2P GO interface
An INTERFACE_DISABLED event received on an interface that is
currently operating a P2P GO means that the group session ended.
In such a case, if the interface was dynamically added remove it, and
if not, remove all the network blocks that are temporary, assuming
that if needed a new session will be started by an external entity.

The use case was triggering rfkill (both SW and HW). This case popped up
as part of a testing cycle, where after a toggle in the rfkill state,
the result was that the interface was not deleted, but on the other hand
the wpa_supplicant did not configure the kernel to re-start the AP
functionality again.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-11-24 12:29:20 +02:00
Loic Poulain
1245503188 Restore scan_req if sta scan is rescheduled in the scan results event
On scan results event if a concurrent P2P scan was triggered previously,
scan results processing is canceled, p2p_find executed, and a new sta
scan is triggered (pending scan). However, this new sta scan does not
restore the scan_req value of the previous scan (whose scan result has
been canceled).

If we are currently connected to an AP and use ap_scan=2, the new
triggered scan will cause an associtation-without-scan in
wpa_supplicant_scan:
(ap_scan == 2 & scan_req != MANUAL_SCAN_REQ)
	=> wpa_supplicant_assoc_try()
causing an association error and a disconnection.

This patch fixes this issue by restoring the previous scan_req value.

Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loicx.poulain@intel.com>
2013-11-24 11:47:30 +02:00